Avyakt murli for Tuesday 7 April 2009

Sentence alignment between two languages is corrected.

007-04-09 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादा मधुबन07-04-09 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpdādā madhuban07-04-09 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] bāpdādā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.]07-04-09 Om peace avyakt BapDada Madhuban

007-04-2009 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

1‘ ‘ कारण शब्द से मुक्त रह चलन और चेहरे से मुक्ति देने वाले मुक्तिदाता बनो सेवा के उमंग-उत्साह के साथ सदा बेहद की वैराग्य वृत्ति में रहो ’ ’‘ ‘ kāraṇ śhabda sē mukt rah chalan aur chēhrē sē mukti dēnē vālē muktidātā banō sēvā kē|K umaṅg-utsāh kē sāth sadā bēhad kī|key vairāgya vr̥itti mē̃ rahō ’ ’‘ ‘ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] rahnā[root] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] muktidātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] sadā bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ’ ’‘ ‘ because word from free remain[root] behaviour and face from liberation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who bestower of liberation become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] service (of|K) zeal and enthusiasm with constantly unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) disinterest attitude in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ’ ’

1Remain free from the word "reason" and become a the bestower of liberation who gives liberation through your activity and face. 2Together with zeal and enthusiasm for service, also maintain an attitude of unlimited disinterest.

2आज बापदादा चारों ओर के बच्चे जो डबल मालिक हैं उन हर एक बच्चे को देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchē jō double mālik haĩ un har ēk bachchē kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] double mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada everywhere (of|K) child that double master be[pres.pl.12hon3] that each one child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

3Today, BapDada, was seeing all the children everywhere who are double masters.

3एक तो बाप के सर्व खज़ानों के मालिक हैं और दूसरा स्वराज्य के मालिक हैं . ēk tō bāp kē|K sarv khazānō̃ kē|K mālik haĩ aur dūsrā svarājya kē|K mālik haĩ . ēk[adj.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . one then father (of|K) all treasure (of|K) master be[pres.pl.12hon3] and other own kingdom (of|K) master be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

4Firstly, you are the masters of all the Father's treasures, and secondly, you are the masters of self-sovereignty.

4दोनों मालिकपन हर बच्चे को बाप द्वारा मिला हुआ है . dōnō̃ mālikpan har|her bachchē kō bāp dvārā milā huā hai . dōnō̃ mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x being a master (x|x[root]) child to father through (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

5All the children have received the authority from the Father to be both masters.

5बालक भी हैं और मालिक भी हैं . bālak bhī haĩ aur mālik bhī haĩ . bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and master too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

6You are the children and the masters.

6मेरा बाबा कहा और बाप ने भी मेरा बच्चा कहा तो बालक और मालिक दोनों अनुभव है . mērā bābā kahā aur bāp nē bhī mērā bachchā kahā tō bālak aur mālik dōnō̃ anubhav hai . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . I[.kā] Baba say[past-part.m.sg.d.] and father ∅ too I[.kā] child say[past-part.m.sg.d.] then x and master x experience be[pres.sg.23] .

7You said "My Baba" and Baba said "My children". 8So you have both the experiences of being the children and the masters.

7आज बहुत-बहुत बच्चे आये हैं इस वर्ष का लास्ट टर्न है . āj bahut-bahut bachchē āyē haĩ is varṣh kā last turn hai . āj bahut bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] last tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] . today very child come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] this year of last you be[pres.sg.23] .

9Today, many, many children have come. 10This is the last turn of this year (season).

8तो आज बापदादा ने हर एक का पुरूषार्थ चेक किया . tō āj bāpdādā nē har ēk kā purūṣhārth check kiyā . tō āj bāpdādā nē[postp.] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then today BapDada ∅ each one of effort check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

11So, today, BapDada checked the effort of all the children.

9तो बताओ क्या देखा होगा  ? tō batāō kyā dēkhā hōgā  ? tō batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? then tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] what see[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

12So, tell Baba what He would have seen?

10हर एक अपने से पूछे मेरा पुरूषार्थ क्या  ? har ēk apnē sē pūchhē mērā purūṣhārth kyā  ? har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pūchhnā[opt.sg.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] puruṣhārth kyā  ? each one one’s own from (ask[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ask[opt.sg.23]) I[.kā] effort what  ?

13Each one of you can ask yourself: What is my effort?

11बापदादा सभी बच्चों को देख खुश भी हुए लेकिन एक आश बाप की है बतायें वह क्या है  ! bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō dēkh khuśh bhī huē lēkin ēk āśh bāp kī hai batāyē̃ vah kyā hai  ! bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin ēk[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! BapDada all child to see[root] happy too be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] but one desire father do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] tell[opt.pl.12hon3] that what be[pres.sg.23]  !

14Seeing all the children, BapDada was pleased, but the Father has one hope. 15Should Baba tell you what that is?

12बाप की आश को पूर्ण करेंगे ना  ! bāp kī|key āśh kō pūrṇ karē̃gē nā  ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire to x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

16You will fulfil the Father's hope, will you not?

13एक ही आश थी बतायें  ! ēk hī āśh thī batāyē̃  ! ēk[adj.] hī[p.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past.f] batānā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ! one only desire be[past.f] tell[opt.pl.12hon3]  !

17Baba has only one hope, should He tell you?

14हाथ उठाओ जो आश पूर्ण करेंगे . hāth uṭhāō jō āśh pūrṇ karē̃gē . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . raise your hands that desire x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

18Those who will fulfil that hope, raise your hands!

15बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

19Very good.

16छोटी सी आश है वह है आज से एक शब्द बदली करो कौन सा शब्द  ? chhōṭī see|sī|C āśh hai vah hai āj sē ēk śhabda badalī karō kaun sā śhabda  ? chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āj sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+karnā] kaun sā[x] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ? small (see|x) desire be[pres.sg.23] that be[pres.sg.23] today from one word change[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+karnā] which word  ?

20It is a small hope, and it is that from today, you change one word. 21What word is that?

17जो बार-बार नीचे ले आता है वह शब्द है - ‘ ‘ कारण ’ ’ . jō bār-bār nīchē lē ātā hai vah śhabda hai - ‘ ‘ kāraṇ ’ ’ . jō[pn.;d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] nīchē lēnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] vah[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ‘ ‘ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ’ ’ . that time down take[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] that word be[pres.sg.23] - ‘ ‘ because ’ ’ .

22The word that repeatedly brings you down is "reason".

18इस कारण शब्द को परिवर्तन कर निवारण शब्द सदा धारण करो क्योंकि आपकी सेवा भी अभी कौन सी है  ? is kāraṇ śhabda kō parivartan kar nivāraṇ śhabda sadā dhāraṇ karō kyōṅki āpkī sēvā bhī abhī kaun see|sī|C hai  ? yah[pn.sg.o.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā dhāraṇ karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? this because word to transformation do[root] solution word constantly adopt[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because you[.kī] service too now who (see|x) be[pres.sg.23]  ?

23Transform this word "reason" and always adopt the word "solution" because what is the service that you are doing now?

19विश्व के आत्माओं की सबकी समस्या का कारण निवारण कर निवारण करते ही निर्वाणधाम में ले जाना है क्योंकि आप सभी मुक्तिदाता हो . viśhva kē|K ātmāō̃ kī|key sabkī samasyā kā kāraṇ nivāraṇ kar nivāraṇ kartē hī nirvāṇdhām mē̃ lē jānā hai kyōṅki āp sabhī muktidātā hō . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] nirvāṇdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lē jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] muktidātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . world (of|K) soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) everyone's problem of because solution do[root] solution do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only land of nirvana in carry because you all bestower of liberation (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

24Finding a solution to the reason for the problems of all the souls of the world and, as soon as you find a solution, you have to take them to the land of liberation because all of you are the bestowers of liberation.

20तो जब औरों को भी मुक्ति दिलाने वाले हो तो स्वयं भी कारण को निवारण करेंगे तब औरों को मुक्ति दिला सकेंगे . tō jab aurō̃ kō bhī mukti dilānē vālē hō tō svayã bhī kāraṇ kō nivāraṇ karē̃gē tab aurō̃ kō mukti dilā sakē̃gē . tō jab aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō svayã bhī[p.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tab aurō̃ kō[postp.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dilānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . then when others to too liberation x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then x too because to solution do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] for only then others to liberation x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .

25So, since you are the ones who will give liberation to others, you will find a solution to all your reasons because only then will you be able to give liberation.

21निर्वाण में भेज सकेंगे . nirvāṇ mē̃ bhēj sakē̃gē . nirvāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhējnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . nirvana in x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .

26Only then will you be able to send them to nirvana.

22तो यह एक शब्द का अन्तर करना मुश्किल है कि सहज है  ? tō yah ēk śhabda kā antar karnā muśhkil hai ki sahaj hai  ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then this one word of difference do[inf.m.sg.d.] difficult be[pres.sg.23] that easy be[pres.sg.23]  ?

27So, is it easy or difficult to change this one word?

23सोचो . sōchō . sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

28Think about it!

24आज बापदादा जो भी आये हैं वा अपने अपने स्थान पर देख रहे हैं सुन रहे हैं उन सभी से एक शब्द का परिवर्तन चाहते हैं क्योंकि कारण नीचे ले आता है . āj bāpdādā jō bhī āyē haĩ vā apnē apnē sthān par dēkh rahē haĩ sun rahē haĩ un sabhī sē ēk śhabda kā parivartan chāhtē haĩ kyōṅki kāraṇ nīchē lē ātā hai . āj bāpdādā jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nīchē lēnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] . today BapDada that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] or one’s own one’s own place (at|other) see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that all from one word of transformation x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because because down take[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] .

29Today, BapDada wants all the children who have come here and all those who are watching and listening at their own places to change one word because "reason" brings you down.

25कारण में तो आधाकल्प रहे अभी निवारण करने का समय है . kāraṇ mē̃ tō ādhākalp rahē abhī nivāraṇ karnē kā samay hai . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ab[adv.hī] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because in then for half a cycle (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) now solution do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time be[pres.sg.23] . 26निवारण और निर्वाण मुक्ति . nivāraṇ aur nirvāṇ mukti . nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nirvāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . solution and nirvana liberation .

30You have been living with "reason" for half the cycle, and it is now time to find the solution; nirvaran (solution) and nirvana (Land beyond sound), liberation.

27तो हिम्मत है आज बाप को देने की . tō himmat hai āj bāp kō dēnē kī|key . tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āj bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . then courage be[pres.sg.23] today father to give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

31So, today, do you have the courage to give this?

28लास्ट टर्न है ना सभी उमंग-उत्साह से आये हैं और बापदादा एक एक को मुबारक दे रहे हैं . last turn hai nā sabhī umaṅg-utsāh sē āyē haĩ aur bāpdādā ēk ēk kō mubārak dē rahē haĩ . last tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā sab[adv.hī] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur bāpdādā ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . last you be[pres.sg.23] ∅ all zeal and enthusiasm from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and BapDada one one to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

32It is the last turn, is it not? 33All of you have come with zeal and enthusiasm and BapDada is congratulating each and every one.

29सोने की खाना खाने की मुश्किल भी है लेकिन सब स्नेह से स्नेह के प्लेन ने आप सबको मधुबन में पहुंचा दिया है . sōnē kī|key khānā khānē kī|key muśhkil bhī hai lēkin sab snēh sē snēh kē|K plain|plane nē āp sabkō madhuban mē̃ pahuñchā diyā hai . sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key muśhkil[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sab[adj.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plain|plane nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā] . (sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]|gold) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) difficult too be[pres.sg.23] but all love from love (of|K) (plain|plane) ∅ you everything Madhuban in reach[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā] .

34There is difficulty sleeping and feeding everyone, but everything is done with love. 35The plane of love made all of you reach Madhuban.

30बापदादा हर एक का स्नेह देख हर एक को पदमगुणा दिल का स्नेह दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā har ēk kā snēh dēkh har ēk kō padamguṇā dil kā snēh dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada each one of love see[root] each one to multimillion-fold heart of love give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

36Seeing each one's love, BapDada is giving each one multimillionfold love from the heart.

31लेकिन स्नेह में आप क्या करते हो  ? lēkin snēh mē̃ āp kyā kartē hō  ? lēkin snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? but love in you what do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

37However, what do you do out of love?

32जिससे स्नेह होता है ना उसको स्नेह में सौगात भी दी जाती है . jissē snēh hōtā hai nā uskō snēh mē̃ saugāt bhī dī jātī hai . jō[pn.sg.sē] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā vah[pn.sg.kō] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|dēnā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] . that[.sē] love be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that[.kō] love in gift too (give[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|give[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) .

38Whomever you love, out of that love, you would give a gift to that one.

33तो आज बापदादा सौगात में यह कारण शब्द लेना चाहते हैं . tō āj bāpdādā saugāt mē̃ yah kāraṇ śhabda lēnā chāhtē haĩ . tō āj bāpdādā saugāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] . then today BapDada gift in this because word take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] .

39So, today, BapDada wants to take this word "reason" as a gift from you.

34यह आश बापदादा की पूर्ण करनी है ना  ! yah āśh bāpdādā kī|key pūrṇ karnī hai nā  ! yah[pn.sg.d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ! this desire BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  !

40You are going to fulfil this hope of BapDada, are you not?

35फिर हाथ उठाओ यहाँ ही छोड़कर जाना है . phir hāth uṭhāō yahā̃ hī chhōṛkar jānā hai . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yahā̃ hī[p.] chhōṛnā[abs.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (turn[root]|then) raise your hands here only renounce[abs.] (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .

41Raise your hands again! 42Are you going to leave it here?

36यहाँ गेट से निकलो तो कारण शब्द समाप्त हो . yahā̃ gate|get sē nikalō tō kāraṇ śhabda samāpt hō . yahā̃ gate|get sē[postp.] nikalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . here (gate|get) from be extracted[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then because word finished (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

43As soon as you go out of these gates, the word "reason" should finish.

37गलती से आ भी जाए तो बाप को दी हुई चीज़ अमानत है . galatī|galtī sē ā bhī jāē tō bāp kō dī|the huī chīz amānat hai . galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] ānā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[opt.sg.23]|jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the hōnā[past-part.f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] amānat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from come[root] too (go[opt.sg.23]|go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then father to (give[past-part.f.]|the) be[past-part.f.] thing x be[pres.sg.23] .

44Even if it comes by mistake, it is something valuable you have entrusted to the Father.

38तो अमानत में क्या किया जाता है  ? tō amānat mē̃ kyā kiyā jātā hai  ? tō amānat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|karnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive]  ? then x in what (do[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|do[pres.sg.m.23.passive])  ?

45So what would you do with something you have entrusted to someone?

39वापस लिया जाता है  ? vāpas liyā jātā hai  ? vāpis, vāpas lēnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|lēnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive]  ? back (take[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|take[pres.sg.m.23.passive])  ?

46Would you claim it back?

40तो सभी ने दृढ़ संकल्प किया  ? tō sabhī nē dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kiyā  ? tō sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? then all ∅ determined thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

47So, have all of you had this determined thought?

41किया  ? kiyā  ? karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

48Have you?

42किया  ? kiyā  ? karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

49Have you?

43हाथ उठाओ फिर से . hāth uṭhāō phir sē . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phir sē[x] . raise your hands again .

50Raise your hands once again!

44फिर वाले हाथ हिलाओ . phir vālē hāth hilāō . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (turn[root]|then) those who hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

51Those sitting at the back, wave your hands!

45अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

52Achcha.

46बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

53Very good.

47क्योंकि अभी समय अनुसार आपके पास क्यू लगेगी . kyōṅki abhī samay anusār āpkē pās|pass queue lagēgī . kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass queue lagnā[fut.f.sg.23] . because now time according to you[.kē] (x|pass) queue x[fut.f.sg.23] .

54Because, now, according to the time, there will be a queue in front of you.

48किसलिए क्यू लगेगी  ? kisliē queue lagēgī  ? kisliē queue lagnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? x queue x[fut.f.sg.23]  ?

55Why will there be a queue?

49हे मुक्तिदाता मुक्ति दो . hē muktidātā mukti dō . hē muktidātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x bestower of liberation liberation (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

56"O bestowers of liberation, give us liberation!"

50तो देने वाले मुक्तिदाता पहले आप इस एक शब्द से मुक्त बनेंगे तब तो मुक्ति दे सकेंगे . tō dēnē vālē muktidātā pahlē āp is ēk śhabda sē mukt banē̃gē tab tō mukti dē sakē̃gē . tō dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] muktidātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] āp[pn.pl.] yah[pn.sg.o.] ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tab tō mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . then give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who bestower of liberation (x|firstly) you this one word from free become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] for only then then liberation give[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .

57So, bestowers of liberation who are to give this, only when you first become free from this one word "reason", will you be able to give liberation.

51बापदादा यही चाहते हैं कि अभी इस वर्ष का होमवर्क यही रहे कि मुझे मुक्त बन मुक्ति दिलाना है क्योंकि समस्यायें दिनप्रतिदिन बहुत बढ़नी है . bāpdādā yahī chāhtē haĩ ki abhī is varṣh kā homework yahī rahē ki mujhē mukt ban mukti dilānā hai kyōṅki samasyāyē̃ dinpratidin bahut baṛhnī hai . bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] home work yahī[pn.;d.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] mukt[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dilānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki samasyā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pratidin bahut baṛhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that now this year of homework this (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that I[.kō] free (x|become[root]) liberation x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] because problem day by day very grow[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

58BapDada wants this year's homework to be that you become liberated and grant liberation because, day by day, problems are going to increase a lot.

52तो समस्या समाधान रूप में बदल जाए . tō samasyā samādhān rūp mē̃ badal jāē . tō samasyā[n.f.;sg.] samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] badalnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . then problem solution Rup in change[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .

59So, the problems should change into the form of solutions.

53मेहनत और समय समस्या मिटाने में नहीं लगे . mēhnat aur samay samasyā miṭānē mē̃ nahī̃ lagē . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] miṭānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . effort and time problem x[inf.m.pl.,o.] in not (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|x) .

60Now, your time and effort should not be used for finishing problems.

54क्या आपको अपने भक्तों की और समय की पुकार सुनाई नहीं देती  ! kyā āpkō apnē bhaktō̃ kī|key aur samay kī pukār sunāī nahī̃ dētī  ! kyā āp[pn.pl.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur samay kī pukār[x] sunānā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.f.]  ! what you[.kō] one’s own devotee (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and call of the time speak[past-part.f.] not give[pres-part.f.]  !

61Can you not hear the call of your devotees and the call of time?

55तो अभी समय अनुसार क्या परिवर्तन करना आवश्यक है  ? tō abhī samay anusār kyā parivartan karnā āvaśhyak hai  ? tō ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār kyā parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then now time according to what transformation do[inf.m.sg.d.] x be[pres.sg.23]  ?

62So, now, according to the time, what transformation is essential?

56क्योंकि अभी हर एक को अनुभवी मूर्त बन कोई न कोई अनुभव कराने की आवश्यकता है . kyōṅki abhī har ēk kō anubhavī mūrt ban kōī na kōī anubhav karānē kī|key āvaśhyaktā hai . kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] kōī na kōī[x] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because now each one to experienced image (x|become[root]) one .. or another experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.23] .

63Now, each one of you has to become an experienced image and definitely give one or another experience.

57तो बाबा अभी चाहता है कि आप सबका चेहरा चलन ऐसा स्पष्ट दिखाई दे कि यह मुक्तिदाता के बच्चे मुक्ति देने वाले हैं . tō bābā abhī chāhtā hai ki āp sabkā chēhrā chalan aisā spaṣhṭ dikhāī dē ki yah muktidātā kē|K bachchē mukti dēnē vālē haĩ . tō bābā ab[adv.hī] chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] muktidātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then Baba now x[pres.sg.m.23] that you everyone's face behaviour such clearly be visible that this bestower of liberation (of|K) child liberation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

64So, Baba now wants the faces and activity of all of you to be so clear as to show that you are children of the Bestower of Liberation who will give liberation.

58आपके मस्तक से चमकते हुए सितारे का अनुभव हो . āpkē mastak sē chamaktē huē sitārē kā anubhav hō . āp[pn.pl.kē] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chamaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you[.kē] forehead from x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] star of experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 59सिर्फ सुनाने से नहीं लेकिन चेहरे से ही अनुभव हो क्योंकि अनुभव नजदीक ले आता है . sirph sunānē sē nahī̃ lēkin chēhrē sē hī anubhav hō kyōṅki anubhav najdīk lē ātā hai . sirph[adj.] sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] kyōṅki anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nazdīk lēnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] . only speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] from not but face from only experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) because experience x take[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] .

65From your forehead they should have the experience of sparkling stars; not just by relating knowledge to them, but they should experience this from your face because experience brings them close.

60तो यह अनुभव चेहरे और चलन से दिखाओ . tō yah anubhav chēhrē aur chalan sē dikhāō . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this experience face and behaviour from x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 61जैसे देखो साइन्स के साधन अनुभव कराते हैं ना अभी गर्मी की सीजन है तो गर्मी का और सर्दी का अनुभव करा रहे हैं ना . jaisē dēkhō science kē|K sādhan anubhav karātē haĩ nā abhī garmī kī|key season hai tō garmī kā aur sardī kā anubhav karā rahē haĩ nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] science kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ab[adv.hī] garmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key season hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō garmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur sardī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā . like see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] science (of|K) facilities experience make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ now heat (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) season be[pres.sg.23] then heat of and cold of experience make commit[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ .

66So, show them this experience through your face and activity; just as instruments of science enable them to have experiences - now that it is the season of hot weather, science enables you to experience heat and cold.

62जब साइन्स के साधन अनुभवी बनाते हैं तो क्या साइलेन्स की पावर शक्ति का अनुभव नहीं करा सकती  ! jab science kē|K sādhan anubhavī banātē haĩ tō kyā silence kī|key power śhakti kā anubhav nahī̃ karā saktī  ! jab science kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhavī[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kyā silence karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key power śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karānā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.]  ! when science (of|K) facilities experienced create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then what silence (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) power Shakti of experience not make commit[root] can[pres-part.f.]  !

67Since the instruments of science make you experienced, then can the power of silence not give you the experience of power?

63तो बापदादा अभी बच्चों से यही चाहते हैं कि अनुभव की स्थिति में स्थित रह नयनों से मस्तक से कोई न कोई शक्ति का अनुभव कराओ . tō bāpdādā abhī bachchō̃ sē yahī chāhtē haĩ ki anubhav kī|key sthiti mē̃ sthit rah nayanō̃ sē mastak sē kōī na kōī śhakti kā anubhav karāō . tō bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] rahnā[root] nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then BapDada now child from this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage in stabilised remain[root] eye from forehead from one .. or another Shakti of experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

68So, BapDada now wants the children to remain stable in the stage of that experience and give the experience of one or another power through your eyes and your forehead.

64सुनी हुई बात सुनने के समय अच्छी लगती है लेकिन फिर कोई समस्या आती तो भूल भी जाते हैं . sunī huī bāt sunnē kē|K samay achchhī lagtī hai lēkin phir kōī samasyā ātī tō bhūl bhī jātē haĩ . sunnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-part.f.] tō bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . listen[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] matter listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) time achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] but (turn[root]|then) some problem come[pres-part.f.] then (forget[root]|mistake) too go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

69Whatever they hear, they like it at the time of hearing it, but then, when any obstacle comes, they forget it.

65लेकिन अनुभव जीवन भर तक भूलता नहीं है . lēkin anubhav jīvan bhar tak bhūltā nahī̃ hai . lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharnā[root] tak bhūlnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but experience life fill[root] until forget[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .

70However, an experience is not forgotten for life.

66बापदादा ने एक कारण देखा . bāpdādā nē ēk kāraṇ dēkhā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] ēk[adj.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada ∅ one because see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

71BapDada saw one reason.

67रिजल्ट भी देखी एक रिजल्ट देख बहुत-बहुत मुबारक दी . result bhī dēkhī ēk result dēkh bahut-bahut mubārak dī|the . result bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.f.] ēk[adj.] result dēkhnā[root] bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the . result too see[past-part.f.] one result see[root] very congratulations (give[past-part.f.]|the) .

72Baba saw the result too. 73Seeing one result, Baba gave many, many congratulations.

68कौन सी रिजल्ट  ? kaun see|sī|C result  ? kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C result  ? who (see|x) result  ?

74Which result?

69आज तक सेवा का उमंग-उत्साह अच्छा है . āj tak sēvā kā umaṅg-utsāh achchhā hai . āj tak sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . today until service of zeal and enthusiasm achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

75Until now you have had good zeal and enthusiasm for service.

70तो बापदादा मुबारक भी देते हैं सेवा बढ़ाते भी हैं और प्लैन भी अच्छे बनाते हैं रिजल्ट भी यथा शक्ति मिलती है लेकिन एक बात अनुभव कराने के लिए अपने में अटेन्शन देना पड़ेगा . tō bāpdādā mubārak bhī dētē haĩ sēvā baṛhātē bhī haĩ aur plan bhī achchhē banātē haĩ result bhī yathā śhakti miltī hai lēkin ēk bāt anubhav karānē kē liē apnē mē̃ attention dēnā paṛēgā . tō bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur plan bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] result bhī[p.] yathā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] attention dēnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . then BapDada congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] service increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and plan too achcha create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] result too according to Shakti receive[pres.sg.f.23] but one matter experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] for one’s own in attention give[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

76So, BapDada is giving congratulations - you are increasing service and also making good plans. 77You receive the result according to your capacity, but, in order to give an experience, you will have to pay attention to yourself.

71जैसे सेवा आपकी अभी प्रसिद्ध होती जाती है . jaisē sēvā āpkī abhī prasiddh hōtī jātī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kī] ab[adv.hī] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] . like service you[.kī] now x be[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] .

78Your service is now getting well known.

72खुश भी होते रहते हैं और आजकल इन्ट्रेस्ट भी बढ़ता जाता है . khuśh bhī hōtē rahtē haĩ aur ājkal interest bhī baṛhtā jātā hai . khuśh[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] aur ājkal interest bhī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] . happy too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] and nowadays interest too grow[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] .

79People become happy and nowadays, their interest is growing.

73अभी बाकी अनुभव कराने की विधि क्या है  ? abhī bākī anubhav karānē kī|key vidhi kyā hai  ? ab[adv.hī] bākī|bākī anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? now (but|others) experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

80So, what is the method to give an experience?

74वह है उमंग-उत्साह सहित जितना उमंग उतना ही समय अनुसार अभी बेहद की वैराग्य वृत्ति भी चाहिए . vah hai umaṅg-utsāh sahit jitnā umaṅg utnā hī samay anusār abhī bēhad kī|key vairāgya vr̥itti bhī chāhiē . vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahit jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār ab[adv.hī] bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . that be[pres.sg.23] zeal and enthusiasm including the more zeal x only time according to now unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) disinterest attitude too (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

81It is that together with zeal and enthusiasm, to the extent that you have enthusiasm, to that extent you now have to have an attitude of unlimited disinterest according to the time.

75पुरूषार्थ में कोई समस्या रूप बनता है तो उसका कारण है बेहद के वैराग्य वृत्ति में कमी . purūṣhārth mē̃ kōī samasyā rūp bantā hai tō uskā kāraṇ hai bēhad kē|K vairāgya vr̥itti mē̃ kamī . puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . effort in some problem Rup become[pres.sg.m.23] then that[.kā] because be[pres.sg.23] unlimited (of|K) disinterest attitude in x .

82If someone is becoming a problem in your effort, the reason for that is the lack of an attitude of unlimited disinterest.

76अब बेहद का वैराग्य चाहिए . ab bēhad kā vairāgya chāhiē . ab[adv.] bēhad kā[x] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . now unlimited disinterest (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

83Now, unlimited disinterest is needed.

77बेहद का वैराग्य सदाकाल चलता है . bēhad kā vairāgya sadākāl chaltā hai . bēhad kā[x] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadākāl chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . unlimited disinterest x continue[pres.sg.m.23] .

84Unlimited disinterest lasts all the time.

78अगर समय पर होता है तो समय नम्बरवन हो जाता है और आप नम्बर टू में हो जाते हो . agar samay par hōtā hai tō samay number one hō jātā hai aur āp number two mē̃ hō jātē hō . agar samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] number one hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] aur āp[pn.pl.] number two[x] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . if time (at|other) be[pres.sg.m.23] then time number one be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] and you x in be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . 79समय ने आपको वैराग्य दिलाया . samay nē āpkō vairāgya dilāyā . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . time ∅ you[.kō] disinterest x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

85If it happens according to the time, then time becomes number one and you become number two, which means that time enabled you to have disinterest.

80बेहद का वैराग्य सदाकाल होता है . bēhad kā vairāgya sadākāl hōtā hai . bēhad kā[x] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadākāl hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . unlimited disinterest x be[pres.sg.m.23] .

86Unlimited disinterest continues all the time.

81एक तरफ उमंग-उत्साह खुशी और दूसरे तरफ बेहद का वैराग्य . ēk taraph umaṅg-utsāh khuśhī aur dūsrē taraph bēhad kā vairāgya . ēk taraph[x] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur dūsrē taraph[x] bēhad kā[x] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x zeal and enthusiasm happiness and x unlimited disinterest .

87On one side are zeal, enthusiasm and happiness and on the other side is unlimited disinterest.

82बेहद का वैराग्य सदा न रहने का कारण  ? bēhad kā vairāgya sadā na rahnē kā kāraṇ  ? bēhad kā[x] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā na[neg] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ? unlimited disinterest constantly not remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of because  ?

88What is the reason for not having unlimited disinterest all the time?

83बापदादा ने देखा कि कारण है देह अभिमान . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki kāraṇ hai dēh abhimān . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that because be[pres.sg.23] body arrogance .

89BapDada has seen that the reason for that is body consciousness.

84देह शब्द सब तरफ आता है - जैसे देह के सम्बन्ध देह के पदार्थ देह के संस्कार देह शब्द सबमें आता है और विशेष देह अभिमान किस बात में आता है  ? dēh śhabda sab taraph ātā hai - jaisē dēh kē|K sambandh dēh kē|K padārtha dēh kē|K saṅskār dēh śhabda sabmē̃ ātā hai aur viśhēṣh dēh abhimān kis bāt mē̃ ātā hai  ? dēh[n.f.;sg.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] - jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K padārtha[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] dēh[n.f.;sg.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabmē̃ ānā[pres.sg.m.23] aur viśhēṣh[adj.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? body word all direction come[pres.sg.m.23] - like body (of|K) relationship body (of|K) x body (of|K) sanskar body word x come[pres.sg.m.23] and special body arrogance (what|who) matter in come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

90The word "body" is used with many things. 91For instance: relations of the body, possessions of the body, sanskars of the body. 92The word "body" is included with everything, but what does body consciousness specially come in?

85देही अभिमान से देह अभिमान में ले ही आता है वह अब तक बापदादा ने चेक किया कि मूल कारण पुराने संस्कार नीचे ले आते हैं . dēhī abhimān sē dēh abhimān mē̃ lē hī ātā hai vah ab tak bāpdādā nē check kiyā ki mūl kāraṇ purānē saṅskār nīchē lē ātē haĩ . dēhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] hī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.] tak bāpdādā nē[postp.] check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] nīchē lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] . soul arrogance from body arrogance in (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) only come[pres.sg.m.23] that now until BapDada ∅ check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that main because old sanskar down take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] .

93Until now, BapDada has checked that the main reason that brings you from soul consciousness into body consciousness is that the old sanskars bring you down.

86संस्कार मिटाये हैं लेकिन कोई न कोई संस्कार नेचर के रूप में अभी भी काम कर लेता है . saṅskār miṭāyē haĩ lēkin kōī na kōī saṅskār nature kē|K rūp mē̃ abhī bhī kām kar lētā hai . saṅskār[x] miṭānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin kōī na kōī[x] saṅskār[x] nature kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . sanskar x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but one .. or another sanskar nature (of|K) Rup in now too (task|lust) do[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] .

94You have finished the sanskars, but, even now, one sanskar or another still continues to work in the form of nature.

87जैसे देह अभिमान की नेचर नेचरल हो गई है ऐसे देही अभिमानी की नेचर नेचरल नहीं हुई है . jaisē dēh abhimān kī|key nature natural hō gaī hai aisē dēhī abhimānī kī|key nature natural nahī̃ huī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nature natural hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] abhimānī[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nature natural nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . like body arrogance (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) nature natural be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] such soul conscious (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) nature natural not be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

95The nature of body consciousness has become natural, but the nature of soul consciousness has not become natural in the same way.

88कहते हैं हमने खत्म किया है लेकिन एकदम बीज को भस्म नहीं किया है . kahtē haĩ hamnē khatm kiyā hai lēkin ēkdam bīj kō bhasma nahī̃ kiyā hai . kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.nē] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin ēkdam bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhasm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we[.nē] finished do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but x seed to burnt away not do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

96You say that you have finished it but you have not completely burnt the seed.

89इसलिए समय आने पर फिर वह देहभान के संस्कार इमर्ज हो जाते हैं . isliē samay ānē par phir vah dēhbhān kē|K saṅskār emerge hō jātē haĩ . isliē samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vah[pn.sg.d.] dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] emerge hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . therefore time (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (at|other) (turn[root]|then) that body consciousness (of|K) sanskar emerge be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

97This is why when the time comes the sanskars of the consciousness of the body emerge.

90तो अभी आवश्यकता है इस देह भान की नेचर को पावरफुल देही अभिमानी की शक्ति से वंश सहित नाश करने की क्योंकि बच्चे कहते हैं चाहते नहीं हैं लेकिन कभी कभी निकल आता है . tō abhī āvaśhyaktā hai is dēh bhān kī|key nature kō powerful dēhī abhimānī kī|key śhakti sē vanśh sahit nāśh karnē kī|key kyōṅki bachchē kahtē haĩ chāhtē nahī̃ haĩ lēkin kabhī kabhī nikal ātā hai . tō ab[adv.hī] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.o.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nature kō[postp.] powerful dēhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] abhimānī[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] vanśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahit nāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kyōṅki bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] . then now need be[pres.sg.23] this body awareness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) nature to powerful soul conscious (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti from dynasty including x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) because child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but ever ever be extracted[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] .

98So there is now a need to destroy the nature of consciousness of the body and its progeny with the power of a powerful soul-conscious stage, because children say that although they don't want it to, it sometimes emerges.

91क्यों निकलता  ? kyō̃ nikaltā  ? kyō̃ nikalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? why be extracted[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

99Why does it emerge?

92अंश है तो वंश होके निकल जाता . aṅśh hai tō vanśh hōkē nikal jātā . aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vanśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] nikalnā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . trace be[pres.sg.23] then dynasty be[abs.] be extracted[root] go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

100Because there is still a trace of it, its progeny emerges.

93तो अभी आवश्यकता है शक्ति स्वरूप बनने का आधार है अपने आपको चेक करो कि किसी भी स्वरूप में अंशमात्र भी पुराना देह भान का संस्कार रहा हुआ तो नहीं है  ? tō abhī āvaśhyaktā hai śhakti svarūp bannē kā ādhār hai apnē āpkō check karō ki kisī bhī svarūp mē̃ aṅśhmātra bhī purānā dēh bhān kā saṅskār rahā huā tō nahī̃ hai  ? tō ab[adv.hī] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aṅśhmātra bhī[p.] purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then now need be[pres.sg.23] Shakti form become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of basis be[pres.sg.23] one’s own you[.kō] check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (anything|some) too form in x too old body awareness of sanskar (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] then not be[pres.sg.23]  ? 94और वह खत्म होगा बेहद की वैराग्य वृत्ति से . aur vah khatm hōgā bēhad kī|key vairāgya vr̥itti sē . aur vah[pn.sg.d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] . and that finished be[fut.m.sg.23] unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) disinterest attitude from .

101So there is now a need to become the form of power and the basis for this is to check the self to see whether the old sanskars of consciousness of the body still remain in the form of a trace; and that will finish with the attitude of unlimited disinterest.

95सर्विस देख सुन बापदादा खुश है लेकिन अब बाप की यही चाहना है कि जैसे सर्विस की फलक झलक अब लोगों को दिखाई देती है . service dēkh sun bāpdādā khuśh hai lēkin ab bāp kī|key yahī chāhnā hai ki jaisē service kī|key phalak jhalak ab lōgō̃ kō dikhāī dētī hai . service[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[root] sunnā[root] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] service[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] jhalaknā[root]|jhalak[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . service see[root] listen[root] BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] but now father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that like service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sparkle of intoxication (sparkle[root]|x) now people to be visible .

102Seeing and hearing about the service, BapDada is pleased, but the Father's desire now is that people should now be able to see the sparkle and spiritual intoxication of service.

96अनुभव होता है सेवा का ऐसे बेहद की वैराग्य वृत्ति का प्रभाव हो क्योंकि आजकल सेवा द्वारा आपकी प्रशन्सा बढ़ेगी आपकी प्रकृति दासी होगी . anubhav hōtā hai sēvā kā aisē bēhad kī|key vairāgya vr̥itti kā prabhāv hō kyōṅki ājkal sēvā dvārā āpkī praśhansā baṛhēgī āpkī prakr̥iti dāsī hōgī . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] kyōṅki ājkal sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā āp[pn.pl.kī] praśhansā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[fut.f.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kī] prakr̥iti[x] dāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . experience be[pres.sg.m.23] service of such unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) disinterest attitude of x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) because nowadays service through you[.kī] praise grow[fut.f.sg.23] you[.kī] matter maid be[fut.f.sg.23] .

103They have an experience through service. 104In the same way there should be the impact of an attitude of unlimited disinterest because, nowadays, your praise will increase with the service. 105Matter will become your servant.

97आपको अनुभव करेंगे साधन बढ़ेंगे लेकिन बेहद की वैराग्य वृत्ति से साधन और साधना का बैलेन्स रहेगा . āpkō anubhav karē̃gē sādhan baṛhē̃gē lēkin bēhad kī|key vairāgya vr̥itti sē sādhan aur sādhnā kā balance rahēgā . āp[pn.pl.kō] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sādhnā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . you[.kō] experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] facilities grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) disinterest attitude from facilities and spiritual endeavour of balance remain[fut.m.sg.23] .

106They will have an experience from you. 107The facilities will increase, but from having an attitude of unlimited disinterest, there will be a balance between the facilities and spiritual endeavour.

98जैसे आप लोगों को प्रवृत्ति में रहने वालों को दृष्टान्त देते हो कि सब कुछ करते कर्मयोगी कमल पुष्प के समान रहो . jaisē āp lōgō̃ kō pravr̥itti mē̃ rahnē vālō̃ kō dr̥iṣhṭānt dētē hō ki sab kuchh kartē karmayōgī kamal puṣhp kē|K samān rahō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dr̥iṣhṭānt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] sab kuchh[x] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] karmyōgī[adj.] kamal[n.m.;sg.,d.] puṣhp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samān[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like you people to famille in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to x give[pres.pl.m.2] that everything do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] karma yogi x flower (of|K) equal remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 99ऐसे आप सभी को भी सेवा करते साधन मिलते साधना और साधन का बैलेन्स रहेगा . aisē āp sabhī kō bhī sēvā kartē sādhan miltē sādhnā aur sādhan kā balance rahēgā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sādhnā[n.f.;sg.] aur sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . such you all to too service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] facilities receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] spiritual endeavour and facilities of balance remain[fut.m.sg.23] .

108Just as you give householders the example that while doing everything you have to be karma yogis and remain like lotus flowers, in the same way, as you serve everyone and receive all facilities, there will be a balance between the facilities and the spiritual endeavour.

100तो आजकल एडीशन सेवा के साथ बेहद की वैराग्य वृत्ति भी आवश्यक है . tō ājkal addition sēvā kē sāth bēhad kī|key vairāgya vr̥itti bhī āvaśhyak hai . tō ājkal addition sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē sāth[x] bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then nowadays addition service with unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) disinterest attitude too x be[pres.sg.23] .

109So, nowadays, there has to be this addition: with service, there is a need for an attitude for unlimited disinterest.

101चलते फिरते भी अनुभव करे कि यह विशेष आत्मायें हैं . chaltē phirtē bhī anubhav karē ki yah viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ haĩ . chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too experience do[opt.sg.23] that this special soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

110As you walk and move around, they should experience you to be special souls.

102सिर्फ योग में बैठने के टाइम नहीं भाषण करने के टाइम नहीं लेकिन चलते फिरते भी आपके मस्तक से शान्ति शक्ति खुशी की अनुभूति हो क्योंकि समय प्रति समय अभी समय बदलता जायेगा . sirph yōg mē̃ baiṭhnē kē|K time nahī̃ bhāṣhaṇ karnē kē|K time nahī̃ lēkin chaltē phirtē bhī āpkē mastak sē śhānti śhakti khuśhī kī|key anubhūti hō kyōṅki samay prati samay abhī samay badaltā jāyēgā . sirph[adj.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K time nahī̃[neg] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K time nahī̃[neg] lēkin chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] śhānti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . only yoga in sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) time not lecture do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) time not but continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too you[.kē] forehead from peace Shakti happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) because time for time now time change[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .

111Not just at the time of sitting in yoga or at the time of giving lectures, but as you walk and move around, they should experience peace, power and happiness from your forehead because the times are now changing.

103तो बापदादा ने समय प्रति समय इशारा तो दे दिया है लेकिन आज विशेष बापदादा एक तो बेहद के वैराग्य तरफ इशारा दे रहा है इसके लिए अभी अपने को चेक करके देही अभिमानी का जो विघ्न है देह अभिमान अनेक प्रकार के देह अभिमान का अनुभव है इसका परिवर्तन करो . tō bāpdādā nē samay prati samay iśhārā tō dē diyā hai lēkin āj viśhēṣh bāpdādā ēk tō bēhad kē|K vairāgya taraph iśhārā dē rahā hai iskē liē abhī apnē kō check karkē dēhī abhimānī kā jō vighna hai dēh abhimān anēk prakār kē|K dēh abhimān kā anubhav hai iskā parivartan karō . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] lēkin āj viśhēṣh[adj.] bāpdādā ēk[adj.] tō bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[abs.] dēhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] abhimānī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] anēk[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.kā] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then BapDada ∅ time for time signal then give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] but today special BapDada one then unlimited (of|K) disinterest direction signal give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) now one’s own to check do[abs.] soul conscious of that obstacle be[pres.sg.23] body arrogance many form (of|K) body arrogance of experience be[pres.sg.23] this[.kā] transformation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

112BapDada has already given signals from time to time, but today, BapDada is specially signalling you towards the attitude of unlimited disinterest. 113For that, check yourself and the obstacle of body consciousness to your becoming soul conscious. 114You experience many types of body consciousness - you have to transform that.

104और दूसरी बात बहुत समय का भी अपना सोचो . aur dūsrī bāt bahut samay kā bhī apnā sōchō . aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and other matter very time of too (adopt[root]|one’s own) think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

115And, secondly, also think about your long period of time.

105बहुत समय का अभ्यास चाहिए . bahut samay kā abhyās chāhiē . bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . very time of practice (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

116There has to be the practice over a long period of time.

106बहुत समय पुरूषार्थ बहुत समय का प्रालब्ध . bahut samay purūṣhārth bahut samay kā prālabdh . bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] puruṣhārth bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] . very time effort very time of reward .

117Effort over a long period of time brings the reward over a long period of time.

107अगर अभी बहुतकाल का अटेन्शन कम देंगे तो अन्तिम काल में बहुतकाल जमा नहीं कर सकेंगे . agar abhī bahutkāl kā attention cum|kam dēgē tō antim kāl mē̃ bahutkāl jamā nahī̃ kar sakē̃gē . agar ab[adv.hī] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention cum|kam[adj.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō antim[adj.] kal mē̃[postp.] bahutkāl jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . if now a long period of time of attention (x|less) give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then final x in a long period of time (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . 108टूलेट का बोर्ड लग जायेगा इसलिए बापदादा आज दूसरे वर्ष के लिए होमवर्क दे रहे हैं . toolate kā board lag jāyēgā isliē bāpdādā āj dūsrē varṣh kē liē homework dē rahē haĩ . too late kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] board lagnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] isliē bāpdādā āj dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] home work dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . too late of board x[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] therefore BapDada today other year for homework give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

118If you pay less attention over the long period of time now, you will not be able to accumulate over a long period of time in the final moment; the board of "too late" will be put up. 119That is why BapDada is giving homework for next season.

109यह देह अभिमान सब समस्याओं का कारण बनता है और फिर बच्चे रमणीक हैं ना तो बाप को भी दिलासा दिलाते हैं कि समय पर हम ठीक हो जायेंगे . yah dēh abhimān sab samasyāō̃ kā kāraṇ bantā hai aur phir bachchē ramaṇīk haĩ nā tō bāp kō bhī dilāsā dilātē haĩ ki samay par ham ṭhīk hō jāyēṅgē . yah[pn.sg.d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] samasyā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ramaṇīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dilāsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ham[pn.pl.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . this body arrogance all problem of because become[pres.sg.m.23] and (turn[root]|then) child entertaining be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ then father to too x x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that time (at|other) we OK be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

120This body consciousness becomes the reason for all problems and the children are then also entertaining, and so they reassure the Father by saying that they will be fine on time.

110बापदादा कहते हैं कि क्या समय आपका टीचर है  ? bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ki kyā samay āpkā teacher hai  ? bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kyā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] teacher hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that what time you[.kā] teacher be[pres.sg.23]  ?

121BapDada asks: Is time your teacher?

111समय पर ठीक हो जायेंगे तो आपका टीचर कौन हुआ  ? samay par ṭhīk hō jāyēṅgē tō āpkā teacher kaun huā  ? samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] teacher kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? time (at|other) OK be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then you[.kā] teacher who be[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

122If you become ready on time, then who is your teacher?

112आपकी क्रियेशन समय आपका टीचर हो यह अच्छा लगेगा  ? āpkī creation samay āpkā teacher hō yah achchhā lagēgā  ? āp[pn.pl.kī] creation samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] teacher hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? you[.kī] x time you[.kā] teacher (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) this enjoy  ?

123Would you like it if time, your creation, becomes your teacher?

113इसलिए समय को आपको नजदीक लाना है . isliē samay kō āpkō najdīk lānā hai . isliē samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] nazdīk lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . therefore time to you[.kō] x x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

124This is why you have to bring time close.

114आप समय को नजदीक लाने वाले हैं . āp samay kō najdīk lānē vālē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nazdīk lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you time to x x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

125You are the ones who are going to bring time close.

115समय पर रहने वाले नहीं . samay par rahnē vālē nahī̃ . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . time (at|other) remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not .

126You are not going to be dependent on time.

116समय को टीचर नहीं बनाओ . samay kō teacher nahī̃ banāō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] teacher nahī̃[neg] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . time to teacher not create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

127Do not make time your teacher.

117तो बापदादा आज यही बार-बार इशारा दे रहे हैं कि स्वयं को चेक करो बार-बार चेक करो और परिवर्तन करो . tō bāpdādā āj yahī bār-bār iśhārā dē rahē haĩ ki svayã kō check karō bār-bār check karō aur parivartan karō . tō bāpdādā āj yahī[pn.;d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] svayã kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bār[n.f.;sg.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then BapDada today this time signal give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that x to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] time check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and transformation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

128So, today, BapDada is giving this signal again and again: Check yourself! 129Repeatedly check yourself and then change yourself!

118बहुतकाल का परिवर्तन बहुतकाल के प्रालब्ध का अधिकारी बनाता है . bahutkāl kā parivartan bahutkāl kē|K prālabdh kā adhikārī banātā hai . bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.sg.m.23] . a long period of time of transformation a long period of time (of|K) reward of (one) who has a right create[pres.sg.m.23] .

130The transformation over a long period of time enables you to claim a right to the reward over a long period of time.

119तो बापदादा चाहे अब तक ढीला-ढाला पुरूषार्थी हो लेकिन लास्ट नम्बर वाले बच्चे से भी बाप का स्नेह है . tō bāpdādā chāhē ab tak ḍhīlā-ḍhālā purūṣhārthī hō lēkin last number vālē bachchē sē bhī bāp kā snēh hai . tō bāpdādā chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ab[adv.] tak ḍhīlā-ḍhālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin last number vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) now until weak effort-maker (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but last number those who child from too father of love be[pres.sg.23] .

131So, even if you have been a slack effort-maker until now, the Father has love for even the last numbered child.

120स्नेह है तब तो बाप का बना है बाप को पहचाना है मेरा बाबा तो कहता है इसलिए समय पर नहीं छोड़ो . snēh hai tab tō bāp kā banā hai bāp kō pahchānā hai mērā bābā tō kahtā hai isliē samay par nahī̃ chhōṛō . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tab tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pahchānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā tō kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] isliē samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . love be[pres.sg.23] for only then then father of become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] father to recognise[pres-perf.sg.m.23] I[.kā] Baba then say[pres.sg.m.23] therefore time (at|other) not renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

132It is because He has love that you belong to the Father. 133You have recognized the Father. 134You say, "My Baba" and this is why you must not leave it to time.

121समय आयेगा नहीं समय सम्पूर्णता का हमको लाना है . samay āyēgā nahī̃ samay sampūrṇtā kā hamkō lānā hai . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampūrṇtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.kō] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . time come[fut.m.sg.23] not time perfection of we[.kō] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

135That time will not come. 136You have to bring about the time for completion.

122बापदादा के विश्व परिवर्तन के कार्य के आप सभी साथी हो . bāpdādā kē|K viśhva parivartan kē|K kārya kē|K āp sabhī sāthī hō . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . BapDada (of|K) world transformation (of|K) task (of|K) you all companion (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

137All of you are companions in BapDada's task for world transformation.

123अकेला बाप कार्य नहीं कर सकता बच्चों का साथ है . akēlā bāp kārya nahī̃ kar saktā bachchō̃ kā sāth hai . akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . alone father task not do[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] child of with be[pres.sg.23] .

138The Father alone will not carry out the task. 139He needs the company of the children.

124बाप तो कहते हैं पहले बच्चे आगे बच्चे . bāp tō kahtē haĩ pahlē bachchē āgē bachchē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] āgē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . father then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (x|firstly) child previously child .

140The Father says: First, the children. 141The children are at the front.

125तो अभी अगर दूसरे वर्ष में आना ही है तो यह होम वर्क करके रखेंगे  ! tō abhī agar dūsrē varṣh mē̃ ānā hī hai tō yah home work karkē rakhē̃gē  ! tō ab[adv.hī] agar dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] home work[x] karnā[abs.] rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! then now if other year in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] then this homework do[abs.] keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

142So, if you definitely want to come here next season, then you will get your homework done, will you not?

126करेंगे  ? karē̃gē  ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

143Will you do it?

127हाँ हाथ उठाओ . hā̃ hāth uṭhāō . hā̃ hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes raise your hands .

144Yes, raise your hands!

128अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

145Achcha.

129पीछे वाले भी हाथ उठा रहे हैं . pīchhē vālē bhī hāth uṭhā rahē haĩ . pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x those who too raise your hands .

146Those who are sitting at the back are also waving their hands.

130देखो आज संख्या बढ़ गई है तो बापदादा ने बच्ची को इशारा दिया तो चक्कर लगाके देखकर आओ कहाँ-कहाँ सोये हैं कैसे लाइन में खाते हैं . dēkhō āj saṅkhyā baṛh gaī hai tō bāpdādā nē bachchī kō iśhārā diyā tō chakkar lagākē dēkhkar āō kahā̃-kahā̃ sōyē haĩ kaisē line mē̃ khātē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āj saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[abs.] dēkhnā[abs.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kahā̃ sōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] line mē̃[postp.] khānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] today x grow[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] then BapDada ∅ girl to signal give[past-part.m.sg.d.] then cycle attach[abs.] see[abs.] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] where sleep[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] how line in eat[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 131लम्बी लाइन . lambī line . lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line . x line .

147Look, today, the numbers have increased and so BapDada gave the child (Gulzar Dadi) a signal to go and see how they are all sleeping and eating, standing in long queues.

132लेकिन सबके चेहरे पर खुशी है . lēkin sabkē chēhrē par khuśhī hai . lēkin sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but everyone's face (at|other) happiness be[pres.sg.23] .

148However, there is happiness on everyone's face.

133मधुबन में तो हैं . madhuban mē̃ tō haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Madhuban in then be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

149"At least we are in Madhuban".

134लेकिन यह खुशी मधुबन में ही छोड़के नहीं जाना साथ ले जाना . lēkin yah khuśhī madhuban mē̃ hī chhōṛkē nahī̃ jānā sāth lē jānā . lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] chhōṛnā[abs.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] lē jānā[x] . but this happiness Madhuban in only renounce[abs.] not (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) with carry .

150However, do not leave this happiness behind in Madhuban. 151Take it with you.

135बापदादा ने वतन में बैठे आप सबके सोने का खाना खाने की क्यू का नजारा देखा . bāpdādā nē vatan mē̃ baiṭhē āp sabkē sōnē kā khānā khānē kī|key queue kā najārā dēkhā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key queue kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nazārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada ∅ world in (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) you everyone's (sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]|gold) of (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) queue of scene see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

152While sitting in the subtle region, BapDada saw the scene of all of you sleeping and standing in the queues.

136बापदादा को ऐसा संकल्प होता कि अभी अभी रजाईयों की गदेलों की बरसात पड़ जाए . bāpdādā kō aisā saṅkalp hōtā ki abhī abhī rajāīyō̃ kī|key gadēlō̃ kī|key barsāt paṛ jāē . bāpdādā kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] rajāī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gadēlā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key barsāt[n.f.;sg.] paṛnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . BapDada to such thought be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] that now now quilt (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) mattress (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) rain fall[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .

153BapDada had the thought that there should be a shower of quilts and mattresses for all of you just now.

137परन्तु यह भी मौजों का मेला है . parantu yah bhī maujō̃ kā mēlā hai . parantu[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mauj[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . however this too pleasure of fair be[pres.sg.23] .

154However, this too is a mela of pleasure!

138और अच्छी तरह से बापदादा ने देखा जहाँ भी मिला जैसे भी मिला है सब मैजारिटी अच्छी तरह से पास हैं . aur achchhī tarah sē bāpdādā nē dēkhā jahā̃ bhī milā jaisē bhī milā hai sab majority achchhī tarah sē pās|pass haĩ . aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jahā̃ bhī[p.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] sab[adj.] majority achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . and achcha x from BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] where there too (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) like too receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] all majority achcha x from (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

155BapDada saw it very clearly. 156Wherever and however you were given a space, the majority of you passed very well.

139ताली बजाओ . tālī bajāō . tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

157You may applaud.

140लेकिन यह होमवर्क भूलना नहीं . lēkin yah homework bhūlnā nahī̃ . lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] home work bhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . but this homework forget[inf.m.sg.d.] not .

158However, do not forget this homework.

141इसमें ताली नहीं बजाते . ismē̃ tālī nahī̃ bajātē . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bajānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . this[.mē̃] clapping not play[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

159You are not clapping for this.

142बापदादा और विशेष ब्रह्मा बाप हमेशा बच्चों को मधुबन का श्रृंगार कहते हैं . bāpdādā aur viśhēṣh brahmā bāp hamēśhā bachchō̃ kō madhuban kā śhrr̥iṅgār kahtē haĩ . bāpdādā aur viśhēṣh[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hamēśhā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada and special Brahma father x child to Madhuban of (decorate[root]|decoration) say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

160BapDada and specially Father Brahma always said that children are the decoration of Madhuban.

143तो आप सब मधुबन में आये बापदादा भी साकार रूप से इतने परिवार को देख खुश है . tō āp sab madhuban mē̃ āyē bāpdādā bhī sākār rūp sē itnē parivār kō dēkh khuśh hai . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bāpdādā bhī[p.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then you all Madhuban in (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) BapDada too sakar Rup from such family to see[root] happy be[pres.sg.23] .

161So, all of you have come to Madhuban. 162BapDada too, in the corporeal form, is pleased to see such a big family.

144सहन करना पड़ा है लेकिन यह सहन सदा के लिए सहनशक्ति बढ़ायेगा . sahan karnā paṛā hai lēkin yah sahan sadā kē liē sahanśhakti baṛhāyēgā . sahan[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.oblig2] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] sahan[adj.] sadā kē liē[x] sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛhānā[fut.m.sg.23] . tolerance do[pres-perf.sg.m.23.oblig2] but this tolerance constantly for x increase[fut.m.sg.23] .

163You have had to tolerate this but tolerating this will increase your power of tolerance for all the time.

145सभी खुश हो ना  ! sabhī khuśh hō nā  ! sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! all happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  !

164All of you are happy, are you not?

146तकलीफ तो नहीं हुई . taklīph tō nahī̃ huī . taklīph[n.f.;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f.] . difficulty then not be[past-part.f.] .

165You have not had difficulties, have you?

147और देखो इतने परिवार में पानी फिर भी मिलता रहा है . aur dēkhō itnē parivār mē̃ pānī phir bhī miltā rahā hai . aur dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] phir bhī[x] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . and see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] such family in (water|x[inf.f.]) nevertheless receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

166And, even with such a big family, at least you have continued to get water.

148सभी ने पानी यूज़ किया ना  ! sabhī nē pānī use kiyā nā  ! sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] use karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā  ! all ∅ (water|x[inf.f.]) use do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅  !

167All of you used water, did you not?

149थोड़ा कम है तो ध्यान रखना पड़ेगा परन्तु आजकल गांव में पानी पीने का भी नहीं मिलता यहाँ तो आपको कपड़े धोने का भी पानी मिला . thōṛā cum|kam hai tō dhyān rakhnā paṛēgā parantu ājkal gānv mē̃ pānī pīnē kā bhī nahī̃ miltā yahā̃ tō āpkō kapṛē dhōnē kā bhī pānī milā . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] parantu[conj.] ājkal gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] pīnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] yahā̃ tō āp[pn.pl.kō] kapṛā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dhōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . short (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] then attention keep[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] however nowadays village in (water|x[inf.f.]) drink[inf.m.pl.,o.] of too not receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] here then you[.kō] clothes x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of too (water|x[inf.f.]) (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .

168There is a shortage and so you have to pay attention, but nowadays, people elsewhere don't even have water to drink whereas here, you also had water to wash your clothes with.

150और इतना परिवार देख खुशी भी होती है . aur itnā parivār dēkh khuśhī bhī hōtī hai . aur itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . and such family see[root] happiness too be[pres.sg.f.23] .

169And, seeing such a big family, there is also happiness.

151सारे कल्प में बापदादा को यह फखुर है कि इतना बड़ा परिवार किसी का नहीं है . sārē kalp mē̃ bāpdādā kō yah phakhur hai ki itnā baṛā parivār kisī kā nahī̃ hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the whole cycle in BapDada to this intoxication be[pres.sg.23] that such very family (anything|some) of not be[pres.sg.23] .

170BapDada has the spiritual intoxication that no one else throughout the whole cycle has such a big family.

152अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

171Achcha.

153जो पहली बारी आये हैं पहले बारी बापदादा से मिलने आये हैं वह उठो . jō pahlī bārī āyē haĩ pahlē bārī bāpdādā sē milnē āyē haĩ vah uṭhō . jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that x x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] (x|firstly) x BapDada from receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

172Those who have come for the first time, those who have come to meet BapDada for the first time, stand up!

154देखा आधा क्लास पहले बारी वाला है . dēkhā ādhā class pahlē bārī vālā hai . dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] class pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[past-part.m.sg.d.] half class (x|firstly) x those who be[pres.sg.23] .

173Look, half the class are those who have come for the first time.

155पीछे वाले हाथ उठाओ . pīchhē vālē hāth uṭhāō . pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x those who raise your hands .

174Those who are standing at the back, raise your hands!

156खड़े होकर देखो . khaṛē hōkar dēkhō . khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . standing be[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

175Stand up and see!

157जो भी पहले बारी आये हैं उन्हों को बापदादा नये बर्थ का बर्थ डे की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . jō bhī pahlē bārī āyē haĩ unhō̃ kō bāpdādā nayē birth kā birth day kī|key mubārak dē rahē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] birth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] birth day[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that too (x|firstly) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that to BapDada new x of birthday (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

176All those who have come for the first time, BapDada is giving you congratulations for the birthday and the new birth.

158लोग कहते हैं लाख-लाख बधाई हो बाप कहते हैं पदम पदमगुणा बधाई हो . lōg kahtē haĩ lākh-lākh badhāī hō bāp kahtē haĩ padam padamguṇā badhāī hō . log[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lākh[x] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bāp kahtē haĩ[x] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . people say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] 100,000 greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) the Father says multimillion multimillion-fold greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

177People say hundreds of thousand- fold greetings whereas the Father says: Multimillion times greetings.

159और बापदादा अभी आने वालों को सदा एक चांस देते हैं वह चांस है कि अभी आने वाले भी अगर तीव्र पुरूषार्थ करें तो बापदादा वा ड्रामा उन्हों को लास्ट सो फास्ट फास्ट सो फर्स्ट यह भी आगे नम्बर दे सकता है . aur bāpdādā abhī ānē vālō̃ kō sadā ēk chance dētē haĩ vah chance hai ki abhī ānē vālē bhī agar tīvr purūṣhārth karē̃ tō bāpdādā vā drama unhō̃ kō last sō fast fast sō first yah bhī āgē number dē saktā hai . aur bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā ēk[adj.] chance dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] agar tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō bāpdādā vā drama vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] last sōnā[root]|sō fast fast sōnā[root]|sō first[adj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āgē number dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . and BapDada now (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who to constantly one chance give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that chance be[pres.sg.23] that now (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who too if intense effort do[opt.pl.12hon3] then BapDada or drama that to last (sleep[root]|x) fast fast (sleep[root]|x) first this too previously number give[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

178And, to those who have come recently, BapDada gives a chance and that chance is: If those who have come recently make intense effort, then BapDada and the drama can give them the chance of "Last so fast and fast so first" and give them a number.

160चांस है . chance hai . chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] . chance be[pres.sg.23] .

179You have a chance.

161चांसलर बनो . chancellor banō . chancellor bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . chancellor become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

180Become a chancellor.

162सिर्फ अटेन्शन देना पड़े . sirph attention dēnā paṛē . sirph[adj.] attention dēnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] . only attention give[opt.sg.23.oblig2] .

181You will just have to pay attention.

163अच्छा है आप सभी को भी परिवार की वृद्धि अच्छी लगती है ना . achchhā hai āp sabhī kō bhī parivār kī|key vr̥iddhi achchhī lagtī hai nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā . achcha be[pres.sg.23] you all to too family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) growth achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ .

182It is good. 183All of you also like the growth of the family, do you not?

164देखो मधुबन के सेवाधारी वैसे तो हर ज़ोन टर्न बाई टर्न आता है मददगार है लेकिन मधुबन निवासी मधुबन की सब भुजायें दादी कहती थी यह सब मधुबन की भुजायें हैं . dēkhō madhuban kē|K sēvādhārī vaisē tō har|her zone turn by turn ātā hai madadgār hai lēkin madhuban nivāsī madhuban kī|key sab bhujāyē̃ dādī kahtī thī yah sab madhuban kī|key bhujāyē̃ haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō har|harnā[root]|her zone tum by tum ānā[pres.sg.m.23] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sab[adj.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[hab-past.f.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Madhuban (of|K) server x then (x|x[root]) zone you by you come[pres.sg.m.23] helper be[pres.sg.23] but Madhuban resident Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) all arm Dadi say[hab-past.f.] this all Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) arm be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

184In fact, for every meeting, there are different zones that come for each meeting. 185They are helpers, but all the residents of Madhuban, all the arms of Madhuban. 186Dadiji used to say that all of these are the arms of Madhuban.

165चाहे नीचे चाहे ऊपर चाहे बगीचा चाहे हॉस्पिटल चाहे नीचे के आबू निवासी चाहे ऊपर के आबू निवासी सब मधुबन की भुजायें हैं . chāhē nīchē chāhē ūpar chāhē bagīchā chāhē hospital chāhē nīchē kē|K ābū nivāsī chāhē ūpar kē|K ābū nivāsī sab madhuban kī|key bhujāyē̃ haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] nīchē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ūpar chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bagīchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] hospital chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] nīchē kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ābū nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ūpar kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ābū nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) down (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) over (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) garden (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) hospital (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) down (of|K) Abu resident (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) over (of|K) Abu resident all Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) arm be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

187Whether it was upstairs or downstairs, the parks, the hospital, the Abu residents down below or the Abu residents upstairs, all are the arms of Madhuban.

166तो बापदादा ने देखा कि आज मधुबन वालों ने त्याग किया है . tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki āj madhuban vālō̃ nē tyāg kiyā hai . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] āj madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that today Madhuban those who ∅ renunciation do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

188BapDada saw that today, those from Madhuban had renunciation.

167यहाँ के बजाए अपने अपने स्थान पर बैठे हैं लेकिन बापदादा दूर से नहीं देख रहे हैं बापदादा दिल में समाया हुआ देख रहे हैं . yahā̃ kē bajāē apnē apnē sthān par baiṭhē haĩ lēkin bāpdādā dūr sē nahī̃ dēkh rahē haĩ bāpdādā dil mē̃ samāyā huā dēkh rahē haĩ . yahā̃ kē bajāē[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] bāpdādā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . here instead of one’s own one’s own place (at|other) sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but BapDada distant from not see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] BapDada heart in merge[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

189Instead of coming here, they are at their own places, but BapDada is not seeing them at distance. 190BapDada is seeing them merged in His heart.

168फिर भी अथक सेवाधारी बन सेवा में सहयोगी तो बनते हैं ना . phir bhī athak sēvādhārī ban sēvā mē̃ sahyōgī tō bantē haĩ nā . phir bhī[x] athak[adj.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] tō bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . nevertheless x server (x|become[root]) service in co-operative then become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .

191At least you become tireless servers and are co-operative in service.

169तो आज विशेष मधुबन उसकी सर्व भुजायें सभी को बापदादा विशेष मधुबन निवासियों को मुबारक दे रहे हैं मुबारक हो मुबारक हो . tō āj viśhēṣh madhuban uskī sarv bhujāyē̃ sabhī kō bāpdādā viśhēṣh madhuban nivāsiyō̃ kō mubārak dē rahē haĩ mubārak hō mubārak hō . tō āj viśhēṣh[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.kī] sarv[adj.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then today special Madhuban that[.kī] all arm all to BapDada special Madhuban resident to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

192So, today, Madhuban and all its arms, BapDada is giving all of you congratulations, and specially to the Madhuban residents. 193Congratulations! 194Congratulations!

170अभी सभी कहते हैं एक दो को लास्ट टुब्बी है लास्ट टुब्बी देखो 40 वर्ष भी पूरे होने वाले हैं . abhī sabhī kahtē haĩ ēk dō kō last ṭubbī hai last ṭubbī dēkhō 40 varṣh bhī pūrē hōnē vālē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] last x hōnā[pres.sg.23] last x dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 40 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . now all say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to last x be[pres.sg.23] last x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 40 year too full be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

195You are saying to one another that this is the last dip. 196It is the last dip. 197Look, even the 40 years are going to end.

17140 वर्ष में सेवा का चांस लेने वाले कितने भाग्यशाली हैं . 40 varṣh mē̃ sēvā kā chance lēnē vālē kitnē bhāgyaśhālī haĩ . 40 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgyaśhālī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . 40 year in service of chance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who so x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

198Those who have taken the chance for service over the 40 years are so fortunate.

172सेवा अर्थात् मेवा . sēvā arthāt mēvā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt mēvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . service that is nourishing fruit .

199Service means nourishing fruit.

173सेवा करना नहीं है मेवा खाना है . sēvā karnā nahī̃ hai mēvā khānā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mēvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . service do[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] nourishing fruit eat[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

200It is not doing service, but eating the fruit.

174बाबा की नज़र में दिल में हर एक बच्चा दिलतख्तनशीन है . bābā kī|key nazar mē̃ dil mē̃ har ēk bachchā diltakhtanaśhīn hai . bābā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nazar[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] diltakhtanaśhīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Baba (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) glance in heart in each one child seated on the heart throne be[pres.sg.23] .

201In BapDada's vision and in His heart, each child is seated on the heart-throne.

175कोई भी ऐसे नहीं समझे पता नहीं बाबा ने हमको देखा या नहीं देखा . kōī bhī aisē nahī̃ samajhē patā nahī̃ bābā nē hamkō dēkhā yā nahī̃ dēkhā . kōī bhī[x] aisē nahī̃[x] samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bābā nē[postp.] ham[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . anyone it isn't that (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) knowledge not Baba ∅ we[.kō] see[past-part.m.sg.d.] or not see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

202No one should think: I don't know whether Baba saw me or not.

176बापदादा एक-एक बच्चे को चाहे दूरदेश में भी है , तो भी दिलतख्त निवासी देख रहे हैं . bāpdādā ēk-ēk bachchē kō chāhē dūrdēśh mē̃ bhī hai , tō bhī diltakhta nivāsī dēkh rahē haĩ . bāpdādā ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dūrdēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō bhī[x] diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada one child to (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) faraway land in too be[pres.sg.23] , ∅ heart throne resident see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

203BapDada sees each child, even if he is in another country far away, Baba is seeing each one as a resident of the heart-throne.

177पीछे वाले भी पीछे नहीं हो बापदादा के दिल पर हो . pīchhē vālē bhī pīchhē nahī̃ hō bāpdādā kē|K dil par hō . pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] pīchhē nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x those who too x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) BapDada (of|K) heart (at|other) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 178और अनेक होते भी देखो साइलेन्स कितनी अच्छी है . aur anēk hōtē bhī dēkhō silence kitnī achchhī hai . aur anēk[adj.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] silence kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and many be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] silence so achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

204Those who are at the back are not at the back, you are in BapDada's heart, and although there are many, the silence is so beautiful.

179क्यों  ? kyō̃  ? kyō̃  ? why  ?

205Why?

180सभी स्नेह में खोये हुए हैं . sabhī snēh mē̃ khōyē huē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . all love in lose[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

206All of you are lost in love.

181स्नेह की शक्ति सबको आकर्षण कर रही है बापदादा की और परिवार की . snēh kī|key śhakti sabkō ākarṣhaṇ kar rahī hai bāpdādā kī|key aur parivār kī|key . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sabkō ākarṣhaṇ[x] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti everything attraction do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

207The power of love of BapDada and the family is attracting all of you.

182इतना परिवार और शान्ति की शक्ति में खुशी मनाये यही इस साइलेन्स की परिवार की विशेषता है . itnā parivār aur śhānti kī|key śhakti mē̃ khuśhī manāyē yahī is silence kī|key parivār kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhānti karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] yahī[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] silence karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such family and peace (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti in happiness celebrate[past-part.m.pl.,o.] this this silence (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] .

208To have such a big family and to celebrate in happiness with the power of silence - this is the speciality of the power of silence.

183चाहे सीट कैसी भी मिले लेकिन आप कौन सी सीट पर बैठे हो  ? chāhē seat kaisī bhī milē lēkin āp kaun see|sī|C seat par baiṭhē hō  ? chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] seat kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2]  ? (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) seat how too (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) but you who (see|x) seat (at|other) sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2]  ?

209No matter what type of seat you have received, which seat are you seated on?

184पीछे है बाजू में है सामने नहीं हैं लेकिन एक-एक स्नेह के सीट पर बैठे हो . pīchhē hai bājū mē̃ hai sāmnē nahī̃ haĩ lēkin ēk-ēk snēh kē|K seat par baiṭhē hō . pīchhē hōnā[pres.sg.23] bājū mē̃[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sāmnē nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ēk[adj.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . x be[pres.sg.23] x be[pres.sg.23] x not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but one love (of|K) seat (at|other) sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .

210Whether you are at the back or on the side, and not in front of Baba, each one of you is seated on the seat of love.

185मधुबन निवासियों ( भुजाओं सहित ) एक-एक को बापदादा पदमगुणा स्नेह दे रहा है . madhuban nivāsiyō̃ ( bhujāō̃ sahit ) ēk-ēk kō bāpdādā padamguṇā snēh dē rahā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] ( bhujā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sahit ) ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . Madhuban resident ( arm including ) one to BapDada multimillion-fold love give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

211BapDada is giving the residents of Madhuban, including the arms, multimillionfold love.

186आज दादियों को भी और निमित्त साथियों को भी बापदादा सदा अथक बन सेवा करने की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . āj dādiyō̃ kō bhī aur nimitt sāthiyō̃ kō bhī bāpdādā sadā athak ban sēvā karnē kī|key mubārak dē rahē haĩ . āj dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] aur nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā sadā athak[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today Dadi to too and instrument companion to too BapDada constantly x (x|become[root]) service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

212Today, BapDada is giving the Dadis and the instrument companions congratulations for being constantly tireless and for serving constantly.

187साथ में बच्ची को रथ को भी बापदादा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . sāth mē̃ bachchī kō rath kō bhī bāpdādā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] rath[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . with in girl to chariot to too BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

213Together with that, BapDada also gave congratulations to the child, the chariot.

188आपकी भाकी पहुंच गई . āpkī bhākī pahuñch gaī . āp[pn.pl.kī] bhākī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pahuñchnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . you[.kī] embrace reach[past-part.f..root+jānā] .

214Your embrace reached Baba (to Dadi Janki).

189देखो यह बचपन से वरदान है . dēkhō yah bachpan sē vardān hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this childhood from blessing be[pres.sg.23] . 190बच्ची को ट्रांस का वरदान बचपन से ही है इसलिए बच्ची में सरलता और सहनशीलता इसकी विशेषता के कारण यह निमित्त पार्ट मिला है . bachchī kō trance kā vardān bachpan sē hī hai isliē bachchī mē̃ saraltā aur sahanśhīltā iskī viśhēṣhtā kē|K kāraṇ yah nimitt part milā hai . bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] trance kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] saraltā[n.f.;sg.] aur sahanśhīltā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.kī] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . girl to trance of blessing childhood from only be[pres.sg.23] therefore girl in x and tolerance this[.kī] speciality (of|K) because this instrument part receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

215Look, this is a blessing from childhood: the child has had the blessing of trance from childhood, and this is why the child has easiness and tolerance It is because of this, that she has received this part.

191हर एक का अपना-अपना अच्छा पार्ट है . har ēk kā apnā-apnā achchhā part hai . har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one of (adopt[root]|one’s own) achcha part be[pres.sg.23] .

216Each one of you has your own good part.

192तो बापदादा दादियों को सम्भालने वाले मुन्नी-मोहिनी को भी खास दादी बड़ी को साथ देने की मुबारक दे रहे हैं और अभी जो निमित्त हैं उन्हों को भी मुबारक . tō bāpdādā dādiyō̃ kō sambhālnē vālē munnī-mōhinī kō bhī khās dādī baṛī kō sāth dēnē kī|key mubārak dē rahē haĩ aur abhī jō nimitt haĩ unhō̃ kō bhī mubārak . tō bāpdādā dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sambhālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khās dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kō[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . then BapDada Dadi to be careful[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x to too x Dadi very to with give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and now that instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to too congratulations .

217To those who are looking after the Dadis - Munniben and Mohiniben - BapDada is giving special congratulations to them for giving their companionship to Dadiji. 218And congratulations to those who are instruments now.

193और सेवा स्थानों पर टीचर्स हैं उन टीचर्स को भी बापदादा जहाँ से भी आये हैं अभी जिसका टर्न है वह तो आयेगा . aur sēvā sthānō̃ par teachers haĩ un teachers kō bhī bāpdādā jahā̃ sē bhī āyē haĩ abhī jiskā turn hai vah tō āyēgā . aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] teacher kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā jahā̃ sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.sg.kā] tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . and service place (at|other) teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] that teacher to too BapDada where there from too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] now that[.kā] you be[pres.sg.23] that then come[fut.m.sg.23] . 194लेकिन जहाँ से भी टीचर्स आये हैं उन्हों को बापदादा एक विशेष सेवा याद दिलाता है जो होमवर्क करना . lēkin jahā̃ sē bhī teachers āyē haĩ unhō̃ kō bāpdādā ēk viśhēṣh sēvā yād dilātā hai jō homework karnā . lēkin jahā̃ sē[postp.] bhī[p.] teacher ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā ēk[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] yād dilānā[pres.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] home work karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but where there from too teacher come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that to BapDada one special service remind that homework do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

219There are teachers at the service places, and wherever the teachers have come from - the zone whose turn it is, of course those teachers will come, but wherever the teachers have come from, BapDada is reminding them of one special service, of which homework they have to do.

195टीचर्स के लिए होमवर्क है कि सदा टीचर अपने को बापदादा की सच्चे साथी समीप के साथी अपने द्वारा बाप को प्रत्यक्ष करने वाली कोई भी आपको देखे तो इन्हों को बनाने वाला कौन  ! teachers kē liē homework hai ki sadā teacher apnē kō bāpdādā kī|key sachchē sāthī samīp kē|K sāthī apnē dvārā bāp kō pratyakṣha karnē vālī kōī bhī āpkō dēkhē tō inhō̃ kō banānē vālā kaun  ! teacher kē liē[x] home work hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sadā teacher apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] samīp[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dvārā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī bhī[x] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] tō yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.]  ! teacher for homework be[pres.sg.23] that constantly teacher one’s own to BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) true companion close (of|K) companion one’s own through father to visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who anyone you[.kō] (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) then this to create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who  !

220The homework for the teachers is that the teachers should always consider themselves to be true companions, close companions, the ones who are going to reveal the Father through themselves. 221Anyone who sees you should wonder: Who made them like that?

196इन्हों का भी बाप शिक्षक सतगुरू कौन  ! inhō̃ kā bhī bāp śhikṣhak satgurū kaun  ! yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhikṣhak[x] satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.]  ! this of too father teacher Satguru who  !

222Who is their Father, Teacher and Satguru?

197आपको नहीं देखे बाप को देखे . āpkō nahī̃ dēkhē bāp kō dēkhē . āp[pn.pl.kō] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] . you[.kō] not (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) father to (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) .

223They should not see you, but the Father.

198इसी स्वमान में यह 6-7 मास जो मिलना है यह होमवर्क बापदादा पूछेगा . isī svamān mē̃ yah 6-7 mās jō milnā hai yah homework bāpdādā pūchhēgā . yah[pn.sg.hī] svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] 6-7 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yah[pn.sg.d.] home work bāpdādā pūchhnā[fut.m.sg.23] . this[.hī] self-respect in this 6-7 (month|x) that receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1] this homework BapDada ask[fut.m.sg.23] .

224You have five to six months and then, BapDada will ask you about your homework.

199हर एक ने कितने परसेन्ट में किया  ? har ēk nē kitnē percent mē̃ kiyā  ? har ēk[x] nē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] percent mē̃[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? each one ∅ so % in do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

225To what percentage has each one completed it?

200ज्यादा समाचार नहीं पूछेगा कितनी परसेन्ट यह होमवर्क किया  ? jyādā samāchār nahī̃ pūchhēgā kitnī percent yah homework kiyā  ? jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] pūchhnā[fut.m.sg.23] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] percent yah[pn.sg.d.] home work karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? more news not ask[fut.m.sg.23] so % this homework do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

226Baba will not ask you a lot of news, but what percentage of the homework you have done.

201आप नहीं दिखाई दे बाप दिखाई दे . āp nahī̃ dikhāī dē bāp dikhāī dē . āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . you not be visible father be visible .

227You should not be visible, the Father should be visible.

202इसमें सब धारणा आ जाती है . ismē̃ sab dhārṇā ā jātī hai . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] sab[adj.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . this[.mē̃] all dharna come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

228All dharna is included in this.

203मधुबन वालों को भी बापदादा यादप्यार तो दे ही रहे हैं . madhuban vālō̃ kō bhī bāpdādā yādpyār tō dē hī rahē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] hī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . Madhuban those who to too BapDada love, remembrance then (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) only remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 204लेकिन मधुबन वाले भी चारों तरफ के यह समझें कि मधुबन का एक-एक रत्न विशेष बाप को प्रत्यक्ष करने के निमित्त है . lēkin madhuban vālē bhī chārō̃ taraph kē|K yah samajhē̃ ki madhuban kā ēk-ēk ratna viśhēṣh bāp kō pratyakṣha karnē kē nimitt hai . lēkin madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] chārō̃ taraph[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but Madhuban those who too everywhere (of|K) this understand[opt.pl.12hon3] that Madhuban of one jewel special father to visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x be[pres.sg.23] .

229BapDada is giving love and remembrance to the residents of Madhuban anyway, but all those surrounding Madhuban and the residents of Madhuban should understand that each and every jewel of Madhuban is an instrument to reveal the Father.

205तो सारा समय मधुबन वाले ऐसे मन्सा सेवा कर्मणा सेवा और सबको बाप समान बनाने का एक्जैम्पुल बनके दिखायें . tō sārā samay madhuban vālē aisē mansā sēvā karmaṇā sēvā aur sabkō bāp samān banānē kā example bankē dikhāyē̃ . tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karmaṇā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] aur sabkō bāp samān[x] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] example bannā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then the whole time Madhuban those who such through the mind service x service and everything equal to the Father create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of example become[abs.] x[opt.pl.12hon3] .

230So, all the time, those from Madhuban should become an example of those who are serving through the mind, serving through actions and the ones who are examples of being like the Father.

206मधुबन वालों को यह रिजल्ट देनी है कि बाप समान बनने का नक्शा अपने में दिखाया  ? madhuban vālō̃ kō yah result dēnī hai ki bāp samān bannē kā nakśhā apnē mē̃ dikhāyā  ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] result dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nakśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? Madhuban those who to this result give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of map one’s own in x[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

231Those from Madhuban have to give this result: Did I show through myself the Father's image?

207हर एक के मुख से निकले वाह बाबा के बच्चे वाह  ! har ēk kē|K mukh sē nikalē vāh bābā kē|K bachchē vāh  ! har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] vāh bābā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh  ! each one (of|K) mouth from (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) wah! Baba (of|K) child wah!  !

232It should emerge from everyone's lips: Wah children of Baba! wah!

208और आप सभी क्या करेंगे  ? aur āp sabhī kyā karē̃gē  ? aur āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? and you all what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

233And what will all of you do?

209आप सभी अपने को नम्बरवार नहीं लेकिन नम्बरवन बनने का एक्जैम्पुल बनके दिखाना . āp sabhī apnē kō number-vār nahī̃ lēkin number one bannē kā example bankē dikhānā . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] number-wār nahī̃[neg] lēkin number one bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] example bannā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . you all one’s own to numberwise not but number one become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of example become[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] . 210नम्बरवार बनने में मजा नहीं बनना है तो नम्बरवन . number-vār bannē mē̃ majā nahī̃ bannā hai tō number one . number-wār bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō number one . numberwise become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in pleasure not become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then number one .

234All of you have to show yourselves as examples who are not numberwise, but those who are number one. 235There is no pleasure in being numberwise. 236If you are going to become something, become number one.

211नम्बरवार बनना क्या बड़ी बात  ! number-vār bannā kyā baṛī bāt  ! number-wār bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyā baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.]  ! numberwise become[inf.m.sg.d.] what very matter  !

237What is the big deal in becoming numberwise?

212तो सभी विन और वन यह रिजल्ट सुनाना . tō sabhī win aur one yah result sunānā . tō sab[adv.hī] win aur one yah[pn.sg.d.] result sunānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then all win and one this result speak[inf.m.sg.d.] .

238So, all of you have the give the result of win and one.

213अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

239Achcha.

214सभी तरफ के बापदादा के दिलतख्तनशीन और भ्रकुटी के तख्तनशीन और भविष्य के भी राज्य तख्तनशीन ऐसे बापदादा के सिकीलधे पदम पदमगुणा भाग्यशाली बच्चों को सदा अपने नयनों द्वारा रूहानियत का अनुभव कराने वाले और चेहरे द्वारा सदा खुशकिस्मत मन सदा खुशी में नाचता रहे कोई भी सामने आवे अनुभव करे कि इन जैसी खुशी कहाँ भी नहीं है और सबक सीखके जाये . sabhī taraph kē|K bāpdādā kē|K diltakhtanaśhīn aur bhrakuṭī kē|K takhtnaśhīn aur bhaviṣhya kē|K bhī rājya takhtnaśhīn aisē bāpdādā kē|K sikīladhē padam padamguṇā bhāgyaśhālī bachchō̃ kō sadā apnē nayanō̃ dvārā rūhāniyat kā anubhav karānē vālē aur chēhrē dvārā sadā khuśhkismat man sadā khuśhī mē̃ nāchtā rahē kōī bhī sāmnē āvē anubhav karē ki in jaisī khuśhī kahā̃ bhī nahī̃ hai aur sabak sīkhkē jāyē . sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K diltakhtanaśhīn[adj.] aur bhrakuṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K takhtnaśhīn[adj.] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] takhtnaśhīn[adj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sikīladhē[x] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhāgyaśhālī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā rūḥānīyat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dvārā sadā khuśhkismat[adj.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nāchnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] kōī bhī[x] sāmnē ānā[opt.sg.23] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahā̃ bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sabak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sīkhnā[abs.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . all direction (of|K) BapDada (of|K) seated on the heart throne and forehead (of|K) seated on the throne and future (of|K) too kingdom seated on the throne such BapDada (of|K) beloved, long-lost and now-found multimillion multimillion-fold x child to constantly one’s own eye through x of experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and face through constantly x mind constantly happiness in dance[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] anyone x come[opt.sg.23] experience do[opt.sg.23] that (this|in) like happiness where too not be[pres.sg.23] and lesson learn[abs.] go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .

240To all the children from everywhere who are seated on the Father's heart-throne and the throne at the centre of the forehead and also the ones who are seated on the future royal throne, to such long-lost and now-found children of BapDada, multimillionfold fortunate children, to those who always give the experience of spirituality through their eyes, to those who always have the fortune of happiness on their faces, to those whose minds are always dancing in happiness, anyone who comes in front of you should experience there isn't this type of happiness anywhere else, and they learn this lesson from here and then go back.

215ऐसे हर बाप के बच्चे अपने द्वारा बाप का मुख द्वारा बाप का परिचय देते हो लेकिन नयनों और चेहरे द्वारा बाप का साक्षात्कार कराने वाले ऐसे चारों ओर के बच्चों को जिन्होंने पत्र भेजे हैं ईमेल किया है सभी के बापदादा के पास पहुंचे हैं आपने किया उसी समय बाप के पास पहुंच गया सामने बैठे हुए वालों से आप सबने जिस समय किया उसी समय पहुंच गया . aisē har|her bāp kē|K bachchē apnē dvārā bāp kā mukh dvārā bāp kā parichay dētē hō lēkin nayanō̃ aur chēhrē dvārā bāp kā sākṣhātkār karānē vālē aisē chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō jinhōnnē patra bhējē haĩ email kiyā hai sabhī kē|K bāpdādā kē pās pahuñchē haĩ āpnē kiyā usī samay bāp kē pās pahuñch gayā sāmnē baiṭhē huē vālō̃ sē āp sabnē jis samay kiyā usī samay pahuñch gayā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har|harnā[root]|her bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dvārā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parichay dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dvārā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sākṣhātkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.pl.nē] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] email karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bāpdādā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.nē] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] sāmnē baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sabnē jis samay[x] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . such (x|x[root]) father (of|K) child one’s own through father of mouth through father of x[pres.pl.m.2] but eye and face through father of vision make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who such everywhere (of|K) child to that[.nē] x x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] e-mail do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] all (of|K) BapDada to reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] you[.nē] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that[.hī] time father to reach[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] x (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] those who from you x x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that[.hī] time reach[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

241In this way, every child of the Father is giving the experience of the Father through the self, and the introduction through words. 242However, to all the children who give a vision of the Father through their eyes and face, to all such children from everywhere who have sent letters and e-mails, all of them have reached BapDada. 243All of them reached BapDada the moment you sent them. 244Compared to those who are sitting in front of Baba now, your remembrance reached BapDada the moment you sent it.

216इसीलिए बहुत-बहुत मुबारक हो . isīliē bahut-bahut mubārak hō . isīliē bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x very congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

245Therefore, many, many congratulations.

217देश विदेश सब बच्चों को बाप दिल के स्नेह का रेसपान्ड दे रहे हैं . dēśh vidēśh sab bachchō̃ kō bāp dil kē|K snēh kā respond dē rahē haĩ . dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] respond dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . land abroad all child to father heart (of|K) love of response give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

246BapDada is giving all the children from this land and abroad the response to the love from their heart.

218तो चारों ओर के बच्चों को बापदादा पदमगुणा दिल का दुलार दिल का प्यार दे रहे हैं और सभी को नमस्ते कह रहे हैं . tō chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā padamguṇā dil kā dulār dil kā pyār dē rahē haĩ aur sabhī kō namastē kah rahē haĩ . tō chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dulār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] namastē kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then everywhere (of|K) child to BapDada multimillion-fold heart of love and affection heart of love give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and all to x say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

247So, to all the children from everywhere, BapDada is giving multimillionfold love and affection from the heart and saying Namaste to everyone.

219अच्छा - आज टर्न किसका है  ? achchhā - āj turn kiskā hai  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - āj tum kaun[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? achcha - today you who[.kā] be[pres.sg.23]  ?

248Achcha, whose turn is it?

220ईस्टर्न ज़ोन नेपाल तामिलनाडु ( बंगाल बिहार उड़ीसा आसाम )  : ( टीचर्स ने ताज पहने हैं ) अच्छा - इस ज़ोन में और ज़ोन के भी एड हैं . eastern zone nēpāl tāmilnāḍu ( baṅgāl bihār uṛīsā āsām )  : ( teachers nē tāj pahanē haĩ ) achchhā - is zone mē̃ aur zone kē|K bhī add haĩ . eastern zone nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] x ( baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṛīsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] x )  : ( teacher nē[postp.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.sg.o.] zone mē̃[postp.] aur zone kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] add hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x zone x x ( Bengal Bihar Orrisa x )  : ( teacher ∅ crown x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achcha - this zone in and zone (of|K) too add be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

249Eastern Zone, Nepal, Tamil Nadu (Bengal, Bihar, Orissa, Assam): (Teachers are wearing a crown.) 250Achcha. 251Other zones have been added to this zone.

221तो अलग नेपाल वाले हाथ उठाओ . tō alag nēpāl vālē hāth uṭhāō . tō alag[adj.] nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then separate x those who raise your hands .

252Those from Nepal only, raise your hands!

222चेन्नई वाले तामिलनाडु वाले अच्छा है . chēnnaī vālē tāmilnāḍu vālē achchhā hai . chēnnaī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Chennai those who x those who achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

253Those from Chennai, those from Tamil Nadu. 254It is good.

223सभी को मिलाकर ईस्टर्न ज़ोन कहते हैं . sabhī kō milākar eastern zone kahtē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] milānā[abs.] eastern zone kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . all to x[abs.] x zone say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

255All together they are called the Eastern Zone.

224जहाँ ज्ञान सूर्य प्रगट हुआ . jahā̃ gyān sūrya pragaṭ huā . jahā̃ gyān sūrya[x] pragaṭ[adj.]|pragaṭnā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . where there Sun of Knowledge (x|x[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

256It is the place where the Sun of Knowledge rose.

225तो ज्ञान सूर्य के प्रभाव की शक्तिशाली धरनी है . tō gyān sūrya kē|K prabhāv kī|key śhaktiśhālī dharnī hai . tō gyān sūrya[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhaktiśhālī[adj.] dharnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then Sun of Knowledge (of|K) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) powerful adopt[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

257This land is powerful because of the impact of the Sun of Knowledge.

226जैसे फॉरेन वाले कहते हैं ना भारत में ही बाप क्यों आया  ? jaisē foreign vālē kahtē haĩ nā bhārat mē̃ hī bāp kyō̃ āyā  ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃ ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? like abroad those who say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ Bharat in only father why come[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

258Those abroad ask: Why did the Father come in Bharat?

227तो भारत में प्रभाव है ना . tō bhārat mē̃ prabhāv hai nā . tō bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . then Bharat in x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

259It was because there is the influence in Bharat.

228ऐसे भारत में भी ईस्टर्न में ज्ञान सूर्य प्रगटा . aisē bhārat mē̃ bhī eastern mē̃ gyān sūrya pragaṭā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] eastern mē̃[postp.] gyān sūrya[x] pragaṭnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . such Bharat in too x in Sun of Knowledge x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

260Similarly, in Bharat, the Sun of Knowledge has risen in the Eastern Zone.

229तो धरनी में प्रभाव है इसलिए इस ज़ोन में और भी ज़ोन हैं . tō dharnī mē̃ prabhāv hai isliē is zone mē̃ aur bhī zone haĩ . tō dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē yah[pn.sg.o.] zone mē̃[postp.] aur bhī[p.] zone hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) in x be[pres.sg.23] therefore this zone in and too zone be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

261So, this land has that impact and this is why there are other zones with this zone.

230अच्छी भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार से सेवा कर रहे हो . achchhī bhinn-bhinn prakār sē sēvā kar rahē hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . achcha different form from service do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

262You are doing various good forms of service.

231अब बापदादा कोई कमाल देखने चाहते हैं . ab bāpdādā kōī kamāl dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . ab[adv.] bāpdādā kōī[pn.;d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now BapDada some x see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

263Now, BapDada wants to see some wonders.

232बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है कि हर ज़ोन विशेष अपने वी . आई . पी भी तैयार करो . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai ki har|her zone viśhēṣh apnē we|V . eye|āī|I . P|pī bhī taiyār karō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] har|harnā[root]|her zone viśhēṣh[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that (x|x[root]) zone special one’s own (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) too x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

264BapDada has said earlier, too, that each zone should prepare their special VIPs.

233लेकिन सिर्फ स्नेही सहयोगी नहीं सेवा में हर कार्य में साथी सिर्फ सहयोगी नहीं . lēkin sirph snēhī sahyōgī nahī̃ sēvā mē̃ har|her kārya mē̃ sāthī sirph sahyōgī nahī̃ . lēkin sirph[adj.] snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] har|harnā[root]|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sirph[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . but only loving co-operative not service in (x|x[root]) task in companion only co-operative not .

265However, they shouldn't be those who are just loving and co-operative, but those who become companions in every task of service, not those who are just co-operative.

234साथी भी सहयोगी भी माइक भी ऐसी लिस्ट अभी तक कोई-कोई ज़ोन ने दिया है लेकिन मिक्स वी . आई . पी है . sāthī bhī sahyōgī bhī mike bhī aisī list abhī tak kōī-kōī zone nē diyā hai lēkin mix we|V . eye|āī|I . pī hai . sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sahyōgī[adj.] bhī[p.] mike bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] list ab[adv.hī] tak kōī[pn.;d.] zone nē[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin mix we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . pīnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . companion too co-operative too mike too such list now until some zone ∅ give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but x (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . drink[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

266They should become companions, co-operative mikes. 267Some zones have given such a list, but they are mixed VIPs.

235खास ऐसे वी . आई . पी जो वारिस क्वालिटी के नजदीक हो भले वारिस प्रैक्टिकल नहीं हो सरेन्डर नहीं हो लेकिन क्वालिटी वारिस की . khās aisē we|V . eye|āī|I . P|pī jō vāris quality kē|K najdīk hō bhalē vāris practical nahī̃ hō surrender nahī̃ hō lēkin quality vāris kī|key . khās aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] jō[pn.;d.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nazdīk hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] practical nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] surrender nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin quality vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . x such (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) that heir x (of|K) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) benefit heir practical not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) surrender not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but x heir (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

268Now bring those who are special VIPs who are close to being heir quality souls. 269They may not be heirs practically or surrendered, but they should be heir quality.

236तो ऐसे बापदादा के पास ग्रुप नहीं आया है . tō aisē bāpdādā kē pās group nahī̃ āyā hai . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] group nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then such BapDada to group not come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

270Such groups have not come to BapDada.

237दो चार अलग नाम भेजे हैं लेकिन नाम आवे और विशेष कमेटी पास करे फिर उस ग्रुप को बापदादा विशेष कार्य में लगायेगा . dō chār alag nām bhējē haĩ lēkin nām āvē aur viśhēṣh committee pās|pass karē phir us group kō bāpdādā viśhēṣh kārya mē̃ lagāyēgā . dō chār[x] alag[adj.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] aur viśhēṣh[adj.] committee pās|pass karnā[opt.sg.23] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vah[pn.sg.o.] group kō[postp.] bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[fut.m.sg.23] . x separate name x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but name come[opt.sg.23] and special committee (x|pass) do[opt.sg.23] (turn[root]|then) that group to BapDada special task in attach[fut.m.sg.23] .

271Two to four names have been sent to Baba separately, but the names that are sent should be specially passed by the committee and then BapDada will specifically engage that group in a task.

238फिर भी वृद्धि-विस्तार अच्छा है . phir bhī vr̥ddhi-vistār achchhā hai . phir bhī[x] x achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . nevertheless x achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

272Nevertheless, the growth and expansion is good.

239इसका नाम रखते हैं बंगाल और बिहार यह भी टाइटल देते हैं . iskā nām rakhtē haĩ baṅgāl aur bihār yah bhī title dētē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.kā] nām rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] title dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this[.kā] x Bengal and Bihar this too title give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

273Baba is naming this group Bengal and Bihar. 274This is a title that Baba is giving.

240तो बापदादा के पास बिहार में बहार आई यह फोटो आया है और समाचार अच्छा सुनाया कि जब से बिहार में हलचल हुई तो जो भी एरिया है उसमें सेन्टर खुल गये हैं . tō bāpdādā kē pās bihār mē̃ bahār eye|āī|I yah phōṭō āyā hai aur samāchār achchhā sunāyā ki jab sē bihār mē̃ halchal huī tō jō bhī area hai usmē̃ centre khul gayē haĩ . tō bāpdādā kē pās[x] bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahār[n.f.;sg.] eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I yah[pn.sg.d.] photo ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jab sē[postp.] bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] halchal[x] hōnā[past-part.f.] tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] area hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] centre khulnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . then BapDada to Bihar in spring (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) this photograph come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and news achcha speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that when from Bihar in upheaval be[past-part.f.] then that too x be[pres.sg.23] that[.mē̃] centre open up[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

275So, BapDada has received the photo of the spring that has come in Bihar. 276Baba has received this photo and received the good news, that from the time that there has been upheaval in Bihar, centres have been opening in those areas where there has been upheaval.

241उसकी मुबारक हो . uskī mubārak hō . vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

277Congratulations for that.

242बंगाल वाले भी आस पास में बढ़ रहे हैं . baṅgāl vālē bhī ās pās|pass mē̃ baṛh rahē haĩ . baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ās-pās pās|pass mē̃[postp.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Bengal those who too x (x|pass) in grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

278Those from nearby Bengal are also increasing in number.

243लेकिन अभी जो होम वर्क दिया है उसमें नम्बरवन बनेंगे ना . lēkin abhī jō home work diyā hai usmē̃ number one banē̃gē nā . lēkin ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] home work[x] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] number one bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . but now that homework give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.mē̃] number one become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

279However, you will now become number one in the homework that has been given to you, will you not?

244बाकी बापदादा सेवा के क्षेत्र में चारों ओर के मेहनत और प्लैन देखते रहते और खुश हैं . bākī bāpdādā sēvā kē|K kṣhētra mē̃ chārō̃ ōr kē|K mēhnat aur plan dēkhtē rahtē aur khuśh haĩ . bākī|bākī bāpdādā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kṣhētra[x] mē̃[postp.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] aur plan dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (but|others) BapDada service (of|K) field in everywhere (of|K) effort and plan see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

280BapDada is seeing the effort and plans in the field of service and is pleased.

245जैसे दिल्ली में भी अभी किया . jaisē dillī mē̃ bhī abhī kiyā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . like Delhi in too now do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

281You had the programme in Delhi just recently.

246ऐसे कुछ न कुछ नवीनता लाते रहो . aisē kuchh na kuchh navīntā lātē rahō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh navīntā[n.f.;sg.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . such anything not anything newness x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

282Continue to bring about some newness in this way.

247चाहे विघ्न आया लेकिन योग की शक्ति ने कवर कर लिया . chāhē vighna āyā lēkin yōg kī|key śhakti nē cover kar liyā . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] cover karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) obstacle come[past-part.m.sg.d.] but yoga (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti ∅ cover do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .

283Though there were obstacles, you made up for it with the power of yoga.

248तो ऐसे छोटे-बड़े छोटे-छोटे प्रोग्राम्स करते रहो और बापदादा ने इस वर्ष के लिए जो प्लैन दिया कि एक ही समय एक ही टापिक हर ज़ोन में भारत में और विदेश में भी हो तो यह रिजल्ट भी बापदादा के पास आई है कि कईयों को यह उमंग उत्साह है और मीटिंग में इसका प्लैन बनायेंगे . tō aisē chhōṭē-baṛē chhōṭē-chhōṭē programmes kartē rahō aur bāpdādā nē is varṣh kē liē jō plan diyā ki ēk hī samay ēk hī topic har|her zone mē̃ bhārat mē̃ aur vidēśh mē̃ bhī hō tō yah result bhī bāpdādā kē pās āī hai ki kaīyō̃ kō yah umaṅg utsāh hai aur meeting mē̃ iskā plan banāyēṅgē . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭē-baṛē[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] aur bāpdādā nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] jō[pn.;d.] plan dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] topic har|harnā[root]|her zone mē̃[postp.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aur vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] result bhī[p.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur meeting mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.kā] plan banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then such the young and the old small programme do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] and BapDada ∅ this year for that plan give[past-part.m.sg.d.] that one only time one only topic (x|x[root]) zone in Bharat in and abroad in too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then this result too BapDada to come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that some to this zeal enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] and meeting in this[.kā] plan create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

284So, continue to have such small and big programmes and, for this year, BapDada has given a plan that each zone in Bharat and all the countries abroad should have a programme on the same topic at the same time. 285The result that BapDada has received for this is that some have very good zeal and enthusiasm for service and you will all make plans for this in the meeting.

249यह भी अच्छा है . yah bhī achchhā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

286That too is good.

250जैसे दिल्ली में मीडिया में प्रोग्राम चालू किया तो रिजल्ट है ना . jaisē dillī mē̃ media mē̃ programme chālū kiyā tō result hai nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] media mē̃[postp.] programme chālū[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō result hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . like Delhi in media in programme working do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then result be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

287You started the Media programmes in Delhi and so you now have the result of that.

251स्टूडेन्ट जगह-जगह पर बने हैं यह है रिजल्ट . student jagah-jagah par banē haĩ yah hai result . student jagah[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] result . student x (at|other) become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] this be[pres.sg.23] result .

288The result of that is that there are students increasing in many places.

252ऐसे हर एक अपने अपने शहर में या ज़ोन में ज़ोन में तो कर ही सकते हैं . aisē har ēk apnē apnē śhahar mē̃ yā zone mē̃ zone mē̃ tō kar hī saktē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yā zone mē̃[postp.] zone mē̃[postp.] tō karnā[root] hī[p.] saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . such each one one’s own one’s own city in or zone in zone in then do[root] only can[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 253कोई न कोई प्रोग्राम के टाइम मीडिया द्वारा चारों ओर दिखायें कोई ऐसा प्रबन्ध करें . kōī na kōī programme kē|K time media dvārā chārō̃ ōr dikhāyē̃ kōī aisā prabandh karē̃ . kōī na kōī[x] programme kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K time media dvārā chārō̃ ōr[x] dikhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . one .. or another programme (of|K) time media through everywhere x[opt.pl.12hon3] some such arrangement do[opt.pl.12hon3] .

289In this way, each of you can do this in your city or your zone: at the time of the programme, to show that programme in many places through the Media. 290Make arrangements for this.

254तो क्या है अगर घर बैठे सभी को घर में देखने को मिलता है तो वह भी आपका उल्हना पूरा हो जाता है . tō kyā hai agar ghar baiṭhē sabhī kō ghar mē̃ dēkhnē kō miltā hai tō vah bhī āpkā ulhanā pūrā hō jātā hai . tō kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] agar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kā] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then what be[pres.sg.23] if home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) all to home in see[inf.m.pl.,o.] to receive[pres.sg.m.23] then that too you[.kā] complaint full be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

291If while sitting at home, all of them have a chance to see it, then the complaint about you finishes.

255इसलिए जब भी कोई प्रोग्राम करते हो थोड़ा सा जैसे और खर्चा करते हो वैसे वह प्रोग्राम मीडिया द्वारा भी चारों ओर देखें यह भी प्रबन्ध करना अच्छा है और हो सकता है कि मीडिया वाले चारों तरफ आपका फंक्शन देख शुभ भावना देख साथी भी बन जायें . isliē jab bhī kōī programme kartē hō thōṛā sā jaisē aur kharchā kartē hō vaisē vah programme media dvārā bhī chārō̃ ōr dēkhē̃ yah bhī prabandh karnā achchhā hai aur hō saktā hai ki media vālē chārō̃ taraph āpkā function dēkh śhubh bhāvnā dēkh sāthī bhī ban jāyē̃ . isliē jab bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] programme karnā[pres.pl.m.2] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.sg.d.] programme media dvārā bhī[p.] chārō̃ ōr[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] prabandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ki[conj.] media vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ taraph[x] āp[pn.pl.kā] function dēkhnā[root] śhubh bhāvnā[x] dēkhnā[root] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . therefore when too some programme do[pres.pl.m.2] short x like and expenditure do[pres.pl.m.2] x that programme media through too everywhere see[opt.pl.12hon3] this too arrangement do[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] and be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] that media those who everywhere you[.kā] x see[root] pure feeling see[root] companion too become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

292Therefore, whenever you have a programme, just as you have other expenses, in the same way, people everywhere should see that programme through the Media. 293It is good to make arrangements for this and it is possible that when the Media people see your programmes everywhere and they see your good wishes, they become your companions.

256साथी नहीं बनें तो सहयोगी तो बन जायें . sāthī nahī̃ banē̃ tō sahyōgī tō ban jāyē̃ . sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō sahyōgī[adj.] tō bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . companion not become[opt.pl.12hon3] then co-operative then become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

294If they don't become companions, at least they should become co-operative.

257तो सेवा करो लेकिन सेवा के साथ साथ अपनी बेहद के वैराग्य की चेकिंग भी जरूर रखना बैलेन्स हो . tō sēvā karō lēkin sēvā kē sāth sāth apnī bēhad kē|K vairāgya kī|key checking bhī jarūr rakhnā balance hō . tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē sāth[x] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key checking bhī[p.] zarūr rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] balance hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but service with with one’s own unlimited (of|K) disinterest (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x too definitely keep[inf.m.sg.d.] balance (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

295So, definitely do service, but, with service, you must definitely check your unlimited disinterest; there should be a balance.

258अच्छा मुबारक हो ज़ोन को . achchhā mubārak hō zone kō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] zone kō[postp.] . achcha congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) zone to .

296Achcha. 297Congratulations to the zone.

259जो सभी को देखो कितनों को यज्ञ सेवा का चांस दिया . jō sabhī kō dēkhō kitnō̃ kō yagya sēvā kā chance diyā . jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . that all to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so to sacrificial fire service of chance give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

298Just look at everyone. 299So many of you received a chance to serve the yagya.

260अच्छा लगा ना . achchhā lagā nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nā . achcha (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) ∅ .

300You enjoyed it, did you not?

261अच्छा लगा  ? achchhā lagā  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? achcha (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x)  ?

301Did you enjoy it?

262यज्ञ सेवा का हजार गुणा पुण्य ज्यादा बनता है . yagya sēvā kā hajār guṇā puṇya jyādā bantā hai . yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] . sacrificial fire service of 1000 fold charity more become[pres.sg.m.23] .

302By serving the yagya, you accumulate more than a thousandfold charity.

263तो आप जो सच्ची दिल बड़ी दिल से सेवा करने वाले बनें उन्हों का हजार गुणा ज्यादा पुण्य का खाता जमा हुआ . tō āp jō sachchī dil baṛī dil sē sēvā karnē vālē banē̃ unhō̃ kā hajār guṇā jyādā puṇya kā khātā jamā huā . tō āp[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛī dil[x] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya kā khātā[x] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then you that true heart x from service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who become[opt.pl.12hon3] that of 1000 fold more accounts of charity (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

303So, all of you who were instruments to serve with a true and big heart, have accumulated more than a thousandfold charity.

264अच्छा है संख्या भी अच्छी है . achchhā hai saṅkhyā bhī achchhī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] x too achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 265बाकी कोई नया काम करके दिखाना . bākī kōī nayā kām karkē dikhānā . bākī|bākī kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (but|others) some new (task|lust) do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

304It is good. 305The number that has come is good, but now definitely do something new.

266अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

306Achcha.

267सभी को ज़ोन में आये हुए एक-एक भाग्यवान आत्मा को बापदादा पदमगुणा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . sabhī kō zone mē̃ āyē huē ēk-ēk bhāgyavān ātmā kō bāpdādā padamguṇā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] zone mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ēk[adj.] bhāgyavān[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all to zone in (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] one fortunate soul to BapDada multimillion-fold congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

307BapDada is giving multimillionfold congratulations to everyone, to all those who have come in this zone, to each and every fortunate soul.

268अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

308Achcha.

269डबल विदेशी  : ( 40 देशों के 300 भाई बहिनें आये हैं ) आप विदेशी हो  ? double vidēśhī  : ( 40 dēśhō̃ kē|K 300 bhāī bahinē̃ āyē haĩ ) āp vidēśhī hō  ? double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.]  : ( 40 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K 300 bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) āp[pn.pl.] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? double foreigner  : ( 40 land (of|K) 300 (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) you foreigner (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

309Double foreigners: (There are 300 brothers and sisters from 40 countries). 310Are you foreigners?

270लेकिन सबसे बड़ा विदेशी कौन  ? lēkin sabsē baṛā vidēśhī kaun  ? lēkin sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.]  ? but the most very foreigner who  ?

311But, who is the greatest Foreigner of all?

271बापदादा तो आपसे भी बड़ा विदेशी है . bāpdādā tō āpsē bhī baṛā vidēśhī hai . bāpdādā tō āp[pn.pl.sē] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada then you[.sē] too very foreigner be[pres.sg.23] .

312BapDada is an even greater Foreigner than all of you.

272कितना दूर से आते हैं . kitnā dūr sē ātē haĩ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . so distant from come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

313He comes from so far away.

273आपके एरिया तो माप सकते हैं लेकिन बाप की एरिया हिसाब निकाल सकते हैं  ? āpkē area tō māp saktē haĩ lēkin bāp kī|key area hisāb nikāl saktē haĩ  ? āp[pn.pl.kē] area tō māp[n.m.;sg.,d.] saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key area hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ? you[.kē] x then measure can[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x account x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ?

314The distance that you come from can be measured, but can you calculate the distance that the Father comes from?

274आपको विदेश से देश में आने में टाइम कितना लगता है  ? āpkō vidēśh sē dēśh mē̃ ānē mē̃ time kitnā lagtā hai  ? āp[pn.pl.kō] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] time kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? you[.kō] abroad from land in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) in time so x[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

315How long does it take you to come to this land from abroad?

275और बापदादा को आने में कितना टाइम लगता है  ? aur bāpdādā kō ānē mē̃ kitnā time lagtā hai  ? aur bāpdādā kō[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? and BapDada to (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) in so time x[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

316And how much time does it take BapDada to come?

276तो विदेश में भी सेवा और स्व परिवर्तन की लहर चल रही है . tō vidēśh mē̃ bhī sēvā aur sva parivartan kī|key lahar chal rahī hai . tō vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] aur sva parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . then abroad in too service and x transformation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

317There is a wave of service and self-transformation abroad.

277बापदादा ने समाचार सुना कि जो मधुबन में नहीं आये कारण से उन्हों को भी अपने अपने स्थान पर ट्रेनिंग वा भट्ठी का प्रोग्राम चलाते हैं यह भी अच्छी बात है . bāpdādā nē samāchār sunā ki jō madhuban mē̃ nahī̃ āyē kāraṇ sē unhō̃ kō bhī apnē apnē sthān par training vā bhaṭṭhī kā programme chalātē haĩ yah bhī achchhī bāt hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] training vā bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme chalānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ news (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) that that Madhuban in not (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) because from that to too one’s own one’s own place (at|other) training or bhatti of programme x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this too achcha matter be[pres.sg.23] .

318BapDada has heard that even those who have not made it to Madhuban for one reason or another, are also receiving training and doing bhattis at their own places.

278और वह भी अनुभव करते हैं कि मन से मधुबन पहुंच गये हैं . aur vah bhī anubhav kartē haĩ ki man sē madhuban pahuñch gayē haĩ . aur vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . and that too experience do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that mind from Madhuban reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

319This too is something good, because they feel that they have come to Madhuban through their mind.

279आप तन और मन से पहुंचे हो वह मन से मधुबन में पहुंचते हैं . āp tan aur man sē pahuñchē hō vah man sē madhuban mē̃ pahuñchtē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . you body and mind from reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2] that mind from Madhuban in reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

320You have all arrived here with your body and mind and they reach Madhuban through their mind.

280अच्छा गायत्री पहुंच गई . achchhā gāyatrī pahuñch gaī . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gāyatrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pahuñchnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . achcha Gayatri reach[past-part.f..root+jānā] .

321Achcha. 322Gayatri has also come here.

281अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

323It is good.

282अनुभव अच्छा हो रहा है . anubhav achchhā hō rahā hai . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . experience achcha be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

324You are having a good experience.

283अंकल और आंटी का भी यादप्यार पहुंचा . uncle aur aunty kā bhī yādpyār pahuñchā . uncle aur aunty kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Uncle and Auntie of too love, remembrance reach[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

325Love and remembrance from Uncle and Aunty also reached Baba.

284बापदादा तो हमेशा कहते पहला वी . आई . पी विदेश में निमित्त अंकल आंटी बनें और प्यार भी याद भी अच्छी है . bāpdādā tō hamēśhā kahtē pahlā we|V . eye|āī|I . P|pī vidēśh mē̃ nimitt uncle aunty banē̃ aur pyār bhī yād bhī achchhī hai . bāpdādā tō hamēśhā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] uncle aunty bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada then x say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) abroad in instrument Uncle Auntie become[opt.pl.12hon3] and love too remembrance too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

326BapDada always says that the first VIP souls who became instruments abroad were Uncle and Aunty, and they have very good love and also remember Baba very well.

285बापदादा भी ऐसे सर्विसएबुल बच्चों को विशेष किरणें देते हैं . bāpdādā bhī aisē serviceable bachchō̃ kō viśhēṣh kiraṇē̃ dētē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] serviceable bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada too such serviceable child to special ray give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

327BapDada also gives such serviceable children special rays.

286ब्रह्मा बाबा साकार में भी ऐसे सिकीलधे बच्चों को रात को जाग जागकर करेन्ट देते थे . brahmā bābā sākār mē̃ bhī aisē sikīladhē bachchō̃ kō rāt kō jāg jāgkar current dētē thē . brahmā bābā[x] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sikīladhē[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] jagnā[root] jagnā[abs.] current dēnā[hab-past.pl.m.] . x sakar in too such beloved, long-lost and now-found child to night to wake up[root] wake up[abs.] current give[hab-past.pl.m.] .

328In sakar days too, Father Brahma would stay awake at night and give a current to such long-lost and now-found children.

287तो अब भी बापदादा वतन से बच्चों को स्नेही बच्चों को सर्विसएबुल बच्चों को करेन्ट देते हैं सकाश देते हैं और सकाश पहुंचती है . tō ab bhī bāpdādā vatan sē bachchō̃ kō snēhī bachchō̃ kō serviceable bachchō̃ kō current dētē haĩ sakāśh dētē haĩ aur sakāśh pahuñchtī hai . tō ab[adv.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] snēhī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] serviceable bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] current dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then now too BapDada world from child to loving child to serviceable child to current give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sakaash give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and sakaash reach[pres.sg.f.23] .

329So, even now BapDada gives a current and sakaash from the subtle region to the serviceable children, and that sakaash reaches them.

288तो डबल विदेशी डबल तीव्र पुरूषार्थी हैं . tō double vidēśhī double tīvr purūṣhārthī haĩ . tō double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] double tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then double foreigner double intense effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

330So, the double foreigners are double intense effort-makers.

289ऐसे हैं ना . aisē haĩ nā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . such be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

331It is like that, is it not?

290डबल तीव्र पुरूषार्थी हैं ऐसे  ? double tīvr purūṣhārthī haĩ aisē  ? double tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]  ? double intense effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] such  ?

332Are you double intense effort-makers? 333Is it like that?

291हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .

334Raise your hands!

292अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

335Achcha.

293बापदादा हर एक बच्चे को तीव्र पुरूषार्थी देखने चाहते हैं . bāpdādā har ēk bachchē kō tīvr purūṣhārthī dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada each one child to intense effort-maker see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

336BapDada wants to see all the children as intense effort-makers.

294पुरूषार्थी नहीं तीव्र पुरूषार्थी . purūṣhārthī nahī̃ tīvr purūṣhārthī . purūṣhārthī[x] nahī̃[neg] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] . effort-maker not intense effort-maker .

337Not effort-makers, but intense effort- makers.

295 ( मुरली भाई भी बहुत याद करता है ) बापदादा को याद पहुंचती है . ( murlī bhāī bhī bahut yād kartā hai ) bāpdādā kō yād pahuñchtī hai . ( murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bhī[p.] bahut yād karnā[pres.sg.m.23] ) bāpdādā kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.f.23] . ( flute (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) too very remember ) BapDada to remembrance reach[pres.sg.f.23] .

338(Murli Dada (Jayantiben's father) also remembers Baba a lot.) 339The remembrance reaches BapDada.

296वह भी निमित्त तो बना ना . vah bhī nimitt tō banā nā . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] nā . that too instrument then (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) ∅ .

340He too became an instrument.

297रजनी बच्ची भी गुप्त रूप में लण्डन का सेन्टर खुलवाने के निमित्त तो बनी . rajanī bachchī bhī gupta rūp mē̃ london kā centre khulvānē kē nimitt tō banī . x bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] gupt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] London kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] centre khulvānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] tō bannā[past-part.f.] . x girl too incognito Rup in x of centre x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x then become[past-part.f.] .

341Daughter Rajni also was an instrument to open a centre in London in an incognito way.

298इनडायरेक्ट मुरली बच्चे का भाग्य तो बना . indirect murlī bachchē kā bhāgya tō banā . indirect murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] . indirect flute child of x then (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) .

342Indirectly, the fortune of child Murli was created.

299अभी तो बच्चा बन गया . abhī tō bachchā ban gayā . ab[adv.hī] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . now then child become[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

343He has now become a child of Baba.

300वह भी याद करता है . vah bhī yād kartā hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] yād karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that too remember .

344He also remembers Baba.

301वैसे चारों ओर के देश वाले या विदेश वाले जो भी याद करते हैं और करते हैं बापदादा के पास लिस्ट लम्बी है . vaisē chārō̃ ōr kē|K dēśh vālē yā vidēśh vālē jō bhī yād kartē haĩ aur kartē haĩ bāpdādā kē pās list lambī hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yā vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bāpdādā kē pās[x] list lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x everywhere (of|K) land those who or abroad those who that too remember and do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] BapDada to list x be[pres.sg.23] . 302दिल से निकलता है मेरा बाबा और बापदादा हाजिर हो जाते हैं . dil sē nikaltā hai mērā bābā aur bāpdādā hājir hō jātē haĩ . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā aur bāpdādā hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . heart from be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] I[.kā] Baba and BapDada present be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

345In fact, all those from this land and abroad who remember Baba - and you do remember Baba; BapDada has a long list of such children - "Mera Baba" (My Baba) emerges from their hearts and BapDada becomes present.

303तो अच्छा है . tō achchhā hai . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

346So, it is good.

304अच्छा यह ( कुवेत से वजीहा बहन ) आई है आपका ग्रुप कहाँ है  ? achchhā yah ( Kuwait sē vajīhā bahan ) āī hai āpkā group kahā̃ hai  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] ( x sē[postp.] x[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] ) ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] āp[pn.pl.kā] group kahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? achcha this ( x from x x ) come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] you[.kā] group where be[pres.sg.23]  ?

347(Speaking to Wajeeha from Kuwait): You have come Where is your group?

305देखो साथी भी बना दिया . dēkhō sāthī bhī banā diyā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] companion too (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) .

348Look, she has already made companions.

306सिकीलधे बच्चे लाई हो . sikīladhē bachchē lāī hō . sikīladhē[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] lānā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] . beloved, long-lost and now-found child x[pres-perf.pl.f.2] .

349You have brought long-lost and now-found children.

307अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

350Achcha.

308एक-एक बच्चा बाप को एक दो से प्यारा है . ēk-ēk bachchā bāp kō ēk dō sē pyārā hai . ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sē[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one child father to one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) from loving be[pres.sg.23] .

351Each and every child is more loved than the next.

309अगर नाम लेवें तो कितनों का लेवें . agar nām lēvē̃ tō kitnō̃ kā lēvē̃ . agar nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō kitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . if name take[opt.pl.12hon3] then so of take[opt.pl.12hon3] .

352If Baba were to mention names, how many names would He mention?

310सभी समझो हमारा नाम बाप के दिल पर है . sabhī samjhō hamārā nām bāp kē|K dil par hai . sab[adv.hī] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] we[.kā] name father (of|K) heart (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] .

353All of you should think that your name is in Baba's heart.

311अच्छी सेवा करते हैं . achchhī sēvā kartē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

354You are doing good service.

312आजकल विदेश में दिखाई देता है मिडिलइस्ट की बारी ज्यादा है . ājkal vidēśh mē̃ dikhāī dētā hai MiddleEast kī|key bārī jyādā hai . ājkal vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] Middle East karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . nowadays abroad in be visible Middle East (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x more be[pres.sg.23] .

355Nowadays, abroad, it is seen that it is the turn of the Middle East to be served.

313सब धर्मो को सन्देश तो पहुंचना है ना . sab dharmō kō sandēśh tō pahuñchnā hai nā . sab[adj.] dharm[x] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] tō pahuñchnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . all religion to message then reach[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .

356The message has to be given to those of all religions.

314अभी हर ज़ोन एक पुरूषार्थ करे क्या करे  ? abhī har|her zone ēk purūṣhārth karē kyā karē  ? ab[adv.hī] har|harnā[root]|her zone ēk[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[opt.sg.23] kyā karnā[opt.sg.23]  ? now (x|x[root]) zone one effort do[opt.sg.23] what do[opt.sg.23]  ?

357Now, every zone should make effort for one thing. 358What should they do?

315कोई ऐसा नास्तिक कड़ा नास्तिक को आस्तिक बनाके लावे . kōī aisā nāstik kaṛā nāstik kō āstik banākē lāvē . kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nāstik[adj.] kaṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nāstik[adj.] kō[postp.] āstik[adj.] banānā[abs.] lānā[opt.sg.23] . some such atheist severe atheist to theist create[abs.] x[opt.sg.23] . 316फिर वह सबके आगे अपना अनुभव सुनाये . phir vah sabkē āgē apnā anubhav sunāyē . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vah[pn.sg.d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āgē apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . (turn[root]|then) that everyone's previously (adopt[root]|one’s own) experience speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . 317नास्तिक से आस्तिक कैसे बना . nāstik sē āstik kaisē banā . nāstik[adj.] sē[postp.] āstik[adj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] . atheist from theist how (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) .

359Make someone who is a very firm atheist into a theist and bring him here, and then that person should share his experience in front of everyone of how he became a theist from an atheist.

318बड़ी सभा में अपना सुनावे . baṛī sabhā mē̃ apnā sunāvē . baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sunānā[opt.sg.23] . very court in (adopt[root]|one’s own) speak[opt.sg.23] .

360He should share his experience in a big gathering.

319छोटे-मोटे नहीं लेकिन ऐसा हो जिसका प्रभाव जनता पर पड़े . chhōṭē-mōṭē nahī̃ lēkin aisā hō jiskā prabhāv jantā par paṛē . chhōṭā-mōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.kā] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] jantā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|paṛnā[opt.sg.23] . small or big not but such (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that[.kā] x people (at|other) (fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fall[opt.sg.23]) .

361Not those who are not so well known, but someone who is able to make an impact on people.

320जैसे हर वर्ग की सेवा करते हो ना तो ऐसे भी कोई तैयार करो . jaisē har|her varg kī|key sēvā kartē hō nā tō aisē bhī kōī taiyār karō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har|harnā[root]|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like (x|x[root]) profession (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ then such too some x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

362Just as you serve all the wings, prepare someone like this too.

321ऐसे ही कोई धर्म वाले को अथॉरिटी को तैयार करो जो अपना अनुभव सुनावे कि वास्तव में जो परमात्मा का परिचय सही ब्रह्माकुमारियां देती हैं ब्रह्माकुमार देते हैं वह राइट कैसे है  ? aisē hī kōī dharm vālē kō authority kō taiyār karō jō apnā anubhav sunāvē ki vāstav mē̃ jō paramātmā kā parichay sahī brahmākumāriyā̃ dētī haĩ brahmākumār dētē haĩ vah right kaisē hai  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] authority kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] vāstav mē̃[x] jō[pn.;d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] right kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? such only some religion those who to authority to x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (adopt[root]|one’s own) experience speak[opt.sg.23] that x that Supreme Soul of introduction x Brahma Kumari give[pres.pl.f.12hon3] Brahma Kumar give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that right how be[pres.sg.23]  ?

363Prepare someone from another religion and who has authority and who shares his experience of how the introduction that the Brahma Kumaris and Brahma Kumars give of God is right.

322उनके मुख से यह अथॉरिटी के बोल निकलें . unkē mukh sē yah authority kē|K bōl nikalē̃ . vah[pn.pl.kē] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] authority kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bōlnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+nikalnā] . that[.kē] mouth from this authority (of|K) speak[opt.pl.12hon3.root+nikalnā] .

364Such words of authority should emerge from that one's lips.

323आखिर एक प्वाइंट रही हुई है गीता का भगवान कौन  ? ākhir ēk point rahī huī hai gītā kā bhagvān kaun  ? ākhir ēk[adj.] point rahnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] gītā kā bhagvān[x] kaun[pn.;d.]  ? at last one point remain[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] God of the Gita who  ?

365Just one point now remains: Who is the God of the Gita?

324वह भी सिद्ध तो होगी ना . vah bhī siddha tō hōgī nā . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] siddh[adj.] tō hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā . that too successful then be[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ .

366This too will be proved, will it not?

325जब यह सिद्ध हो तब कहें भगवान आ गया . jab yah siddha hō tab kahē̃ bhagvān ā gayā . jab yah[pn.sg.d.] siddh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tab kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . when this successful (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) for only then say[opt.pl.12hon3] God come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

367When this is proved, they will say that God has come.

326बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

368Very good.

327मधुबन का श्रृंगार बनके आते हो और बापदादा देखकर खुश होते हैं . madhuban kā śhrr̥iṅgār bankē ātē hō aur bāpdādā dēkhkar khuśh hōtē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] aur bāpdādā dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Madhuban of (decorate[root]|decoration) become[abs.] come[pres.pl.m.2] and BapDada see[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

369You come here as the decoration of Madhuban and, seeing this, BapDada is pleased.

328अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

370Achcha.

329दादियों से  : आप दूर बैठे भले दूर बैठे हो लेकिन आप सभी को बापदादा भाकी पहन रहा है . dādiyō̃ sē  : āp dūr baiṭhē bhalē dūr baiṭhē hō lēkin āp sabhī kō bāpdādā bhākī pahan rahā hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]  : āp[pn.pl.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāpdādā bhākī pahannā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . Dadi from  : you distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) benefit distant sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but you all to BapDada embrace .

371Speaking to Dadis: You may be sitting far away, but BapDada is embracing all of you.

330पीछे वालों को पहले भाकी पहन रहे हैं . pīchhē vālō̃ kō pahlē bhākī pahan rahē haĩ . pīchhē vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhākī pahannā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x those who to (x|firstly) embrace .

372Baba is embracing those at the back first.

331स्नेह क्या नहीं अनुभव करा सकते . snēh kyā nahī̃ anubhav karā saktē . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā nahī̃[neg] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . love what not experience make commit[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

373What can love not make you experience?

332अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

374Achcha.

333 ( डा . निर्मला से ) अच्छा पार्ट बजा रही हो बापदादा खुश है . ( ḍā . Nirmalā sē ) achchhā part bajā rahī hō bāpdādā khuśh hai . ( ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Nirmalā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x . Nirmala from ) achcha play one's part BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .

375(To Dr. 376Nirmala): You are playing a good part. 377BapDada is pleased.

334 ( परदादी से ) ( इस्टर्न ज़ोन की इन्चार्ज है ) निमित्त तो बनी . ( pardādī sē ) ( eastern zone kī|key incharge hai ) nimitt tō banī . ( pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) ( eastern zone karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key incharge hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[past-part.f.] . ( Dadi Nirmal Shanta from ) ( x zone (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] ) instrument then become[past-part.f.] .

378To Dadi Nirmala Shanta: (In charge of the Eastern Zone): You have become an instrument.

335निमित्त बनी है आपके कारण सभी बाबा बाबा याद करते हैं जो नये-नये आये हैं वह आपको देखकरके आपको नहीं देखते बाप को देखते हैं . nimitt banī hai āpkē kāraṇ sabhī bābā bābā yād kartē haĩ jō nayē-nayē āyē haĩ vah āpkō dēkhkarkē āpkō nahī̃ dēkhtē bāp kō dēkhtē haĩ . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] āp[pn.pl.kē] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] bābā bābā yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[abs.] āp[pn.pl.kō] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . instrument become[pres-perf.sg.f.23] you[.kē] because all Baba Baba remember that new come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that you[.kō] see[abs.] you[.kō] not see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] father to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

379You have become an instrument and, because of you, everyone says, "Baba, Baba". 380When new ones who have come see you, they don't see you, they see the Father.

336यह विशेष वरदान है . yah viśhēṣh vardān hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this special blessing be[pres.sg.23] .

381This is a special blessing.

337अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

382Achcha.

338शान्तामणि दादी से  : अपना-अपना पार्ट समय पर अच्छा बजा रही हो . śāntāmaṇi dādī sē  : apnā-apnā part samay par achchhā bajā rahī hō . x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.]  : apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bajānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . x Dadi from  : (adopt[root]|one’s own) part time (at|other) achcha play[pres.pl.f.acc.2] .

383To Dadi Shantamani: You are playing your own part at the right time very well.

339लेकिन पुरानों को किस नज़र से सब देखते हैं  ? lēkin purānō̃ kō kis nazar sē sab dēkhtē haĩ  ? lēkin purānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sab[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? but old to (what|who) glance from all see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

384With which vision does everyone look at the old ones?

340आदिकाल के हैं . ādikāl kē|K haĩ . ādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . beginning (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

385That you are those from the beginning.

341आदिकाल का महत्व है . ādikāl kā mahatva hai . ādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . beginning of importance be[pres.sg.23] .

386There is importance of the beginning period.

342बाकी थोड़े बचे हैं लेकिन आदिरत्न तो हैं ना . bākī thōṛē bachē haĩ lēkin ādiratna tō haĩ nā . bākī|bākī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin x tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . (but|others) short x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but x then be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

387There are only a few remaining, but you are the original jewels.

343अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

388Achcha.

344बृजमोहन भाई से  : दिल्ली का प्रोग्राम अच्छा हुआ . br̥ijmōhan bhāī sē  : dillī kā programme achchhā huā . br̥ijmōhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.]  : dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Brij Mohan (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) from  : Delhi of programme achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

389To Brother BrijMohan: The programme in Delhi was good.

345एक बारी सिस्टम बन गई ना तो अभी आगे के लिए भी बनती रहेगी . ēk bārī system ban gaī nā tō abhī āgē kē liē bhī bantī rahēgī . ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] system bannā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā tō ab[adv.hī] āgē kē liē[x] bhī[p.] bannā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . one x x become[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ then now previously for too become[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

390Once a system is created, it will continue to be created for the future too.

346अभी सभी के ध्यान में आयेगा कि क्या कार्य कर रहे हैं . abhī sabhī kē|K dhyān mē̃ āyēgā ki kyā kārya kar rahē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] kyā kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . now all (of|K) attention in come[fut.m.sg.23] that what task do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

391It will now come to everyone's attention what work you are doing.

347दिल्ली की टीचर्स उठो . dillī kī|key teachers uṭhō . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key teacher uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Delhi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) teacher wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

392The Teachers from Delhi, stand up!

348खड़ी हो जाओ . khaṛī hō jāō . khaṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .

393Stand up!

349अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

394Achcha.

350सर्विस की अच्छा लगा ना . service kī|key achchhā lagā nā . service[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nā . service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) achcha (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) ∅ .

395You did service and you liked it, did you not?

351यह है सभी का एक संकल्प साथ रहा . yah hai sabhī kā ēk saṅkalp sāth rahā . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] . this be[pres.sg.23] all of one thought with (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) .

396This was because all of you had the same thought.

352अभी आगे बढ़ता रहेगा . abhī āgē baṛhtā rahēgā . ab[adv.hī] āgē baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . now previously grow[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

397Now, it will continue to increase.

353जो अनुभव हुआ वह आगे भी बढ़ेगा लेकिन कोई भी कार्य में सफलता चाहते हैं तो उसका पहला फाउण्डेशन है सबकी एकमत . jō anubhav huā vah āgē bhī baṛhēgā lēkin kōī bhī kārya mē̃ saphaltā chāhtē haĩ tō uskā pahlā foundation hai sabkī ēkmat . jō[pn.;d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] āgē bhī[p.] baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin kōī bhī[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.kā] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation hōnā[pres.sg.23] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ēkmat[adj.] . that experience be[past-part.m.sg.d.] that previously too grow[fut.m.sg.23] but anyone task in success x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that[.kā] x foundation be[pres.sg.23] everyone's one direction .

398The experience that you have had will increase, but when you want success in any task, the first foundation for that is for everyone to be united with one direction.

354सभी के दिल में उमंग उत्साह हो . sabhī kē|K dil mē̃ umaṅg utsāh hō . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all (of|K) heart in zeal enthusiasm (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

399There should be zeal and enthusiasm in everyone's heart.

355तो पेपर भी अनुभवी बनाता है . tō paper bhī anubhavī banātā hai . tō paper bhī[p.] anubhavī[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.m.23] . then paper too experienced create[pres.sg.m.23] .

400So, the test papers make you experienced.

356तो ऐसे ही संगठन की शक्ति सब सहज कर सकती है . tō aisē hī saṅgaṭhan kī|key śhakti sab sahaj kar saktī hai . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sab[adj.] sahaj[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . then such only gathering (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti all easy do[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] .

401The power of the gathering makes everything easy.

357बापदादा हिम्मत देख खुश है . bāpdādā himmat dēkh khuśh hai . bāpdādā himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada courage see[root] happy be[pres.sg.23] .

402Seeing your courage, BapDada is pleased.

358जहाँ हिम्मत है वहाँ प्रकृति की साथियों की सब मदद मिल जाती है . jahā̃ himmat hai vahā̃ prakr̥iti kī|key sāthiyō̃ kī|key sab madad mil jātī hai . jahā̃ himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ prakr̥iti[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sab[adj.] madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . where there courage be[pres.sg.23] there matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) companion (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) all x receive[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

403Where there is courage, you definitely receive help from nature and companions.

359तो मुबारक हो . tō mubārak hō . tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

404Congratulations.

360 ( अभी इससे भी बड़ी सभा करेंगे उसमें बापदादा को भी आना है ) बापदादा ने तो अभी भी देखा . ( abhī issē bhī baṛī sabhā karē̃gē usmē̃ bāpdādā kō bhī ānā hai ) bāpdādā nē tō abhī bhī dēkhā . ( ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.sē] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ) bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . ( now this[.sē] too very court do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] BapDada to too come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ) BapDada ∅ then now too see[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 361आपने नहीं देखा . āpnē nahī̃ dēkhā . āp[pn.pl.nē] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . you[.nē] not see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

405(Now, we shall have another programme with a bigger gathering than this and BapDada will have to come for that.) 406Even now, BapDada saw everything You didn't see Baba.

362 ( अजमेर में भी अच्छा प्रोग्राम हुआ ) अच्छी हिम्मत रखी . ( ajmēr mē̃ bhī achchhā programme huā ) achchhī himmat rakhī . ( ajmēr mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[past-part.f.] . ( Ajmer in too achcha programme be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) achcha courage keep[past-part.f.] .

407(There was a very good programme in Ajmer too.) 408They had good courage.

363हिम्मत रखी तो सफलता है . himmat rakhī tō saphaltā hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[past-part.f.] tō saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . courage keep[past-part.f.] then success be[pres.sg.23] .

409Because they maintain courage, there was success.

364चेन्नई का समाचार भी सुना था . chēnnaī kā samāchār bhī sunā thā . chēnnaī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sunnā[past-perf.m.sg.] . Chennai of news too listen[past-perf.m.sg.] .

410Baba had also heard news of Chennai.

365तो जो प्रोग्राम कर रहे हैं छोटा सा प्रोग्राम लेकिन रिजल्ट अच्छी है . tō jō programme kar rahē haĩ chhōṭā sā programme lēkin result achchhī hai . tō jō[pn.;d.] programme karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme lēkin result achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then that programme do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] small x programme but result achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

411The programme that you had was small, but the result was good.

366 ( चेन्नई वाली टीचर्स उठें ) अच्छा है . ( chēnnaī vālī teachers uṭhē̃ ) achchhā hai . ( chēnnaī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher uṭhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( Chennai those who teacher wake up[opt.pl.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

412(Teachers from Chennai, stand up). 413It is good.

367बापदादा ने रिजल्ट सुनी . bāpdādā nē result sunī . bāpdādā nē[postp.] result sunnā[past-part.f.] . BapDada ∅ result listen[past-part.f.] .

414BapDada heard the result.

368कम खर्चा और रिजल्ट अच्छी निकाली है . cum|kam kharchā aur result achchhī nikālī hai . cum|kam[adj.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur result achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (x|less) expenditure and result achcha x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . 369क्योंकि उस तरफ शिव की पूजा दिल से करते हैं . kyōṅki us taraph śhiv kī|key pūjā dil sē kartē haĩ . kyōṅki vah[pn.sg.o.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhiv karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . because that direction Shiva (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) heart from do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

415You spent less and you had a good result because over there, they worship Shiva from their heart.

370तो छोटा सा मेला ( ज्योर्तिलिंगम मेला ) है लेकिन रिजल्ट अच्छी है . tō chhōṭā sā mēlā ( jyōrtiliṅgam mēlā ) hai lēkin result achchhī hai . tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] ( jyōrtiliṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mēlā[x] ) hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin result achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then small x fair ( x fair ) be[pres.sg.23] but result achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

416So, it was a small mela (of Jyotirlingam), but the result was good.

371हर एक ज़ोन कुछ न कुछ कर रहा है . har ēk zone kuchh na kuchh kar rahā hai . har ēk[x] zone kuchh na[neg] kuchh karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . each one zone anything not anything do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

417Each zone is doing something or other.

372कभी कोई करता है कभी कोई करता है लेकिन सभी ज़ोन को बापदादा जिन्होंने नहीं भी किया है उनको भी पहले से करने की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . kabhī kōī kartā hai kabhī kōī kartā hai lēkin sabhī zone kō bāpdādā jinhōnnē nahī̃ bhī kiyā hai unkō bhī pahlē sē karnē kī|key mubārak dē rahē haĩ . kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin sab[adv.hī] zone kō[postp.] bāpdādā jō[pn.pl.nē] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] pahlē sē[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . ever some do[pres.sg.m.23] ever some do[pres.sg.m.23] but all zone to BapDada that[.nē] not too do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.kō] too beforehand do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

418Sometimes one zone is doing it, sometimes it is another zone. 419BapDada is congratulating all zones, and those who haven't yet done anything, BapDada is congratulating them in advance of them doing it.

373अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

420Achcha.

421* * * O M S H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used
Downloadable data
CSV / Excel format details

The CSV file is a data table that you can open with LibreOffice, Google Sheets or any spreadsheet program.

Delimiter : comma (,). Text qualifier: ".

The murli is presented in three columns: Hindi, Hinglish, and English.

The rows correspond to one or more sentences in Hindi, with the corresponding transliteration (Hinglish) and translation.

Document formatting can be improved for printing (font size, column width, margins, automatic line break, optimal row height, etc.)